范愛農 Fan Ainong

At the inn in Tokyo, most mornings as soon as we got up we would read the newspapers.》,》。What the students read was mostly the Asahi Shimbun and the Yomiuri Shimbun; those who loved prying into petty social gossip read the Niroku Shimbun.:——One morning, right at the top, we saw a telegram from China; it read something like:—

zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
東京
Dōng jīng — 1. Tokyo, capital of Japan 2. Tonkin (northern Vietnam during the French colonial period)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
客店
kè diàn — 1. small hotel 2. inn
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
我們
wǒ men — we; us; ourselves; our (HSK 1)
大抵
dà dǐ — 1. generally speaking 2. by and large 3. for the most part
一起
yī qǐ — 1. (in) the same place 2. together; in company (with) 3. altogether; in total 4. an instance of; a case of (murder, accident, dispute etc) (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
bào — 1. to report; to inform; to announce 2. to respond; to reply 3. to sign up for; to register for (abbr. for 報名 (bào míng)) 4. to reward; to recompense 5. to take revenge; to retaliate 6. newspaper 7. periodical; journal 8. bulletin 9. telegram (HSK 3)
學生
xué sheng — 1. student 2. schoolchild (HSK 1)
suǒ — 1. actually 2. place 3. classifier for houses, small buildings, institutions etc 4. that which 5. particle introducing a relative clause or passive 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
朝日新聞
Zhāo rì Xīn wén — Asahi Shimbun (Japanese newspaper)
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
讀賣新聞
Dú mài Xīn wén — Yomiuri Shimbun (Japanese newspaper)
zhuān — 1. for a particular person, occasion, purpose 2. focused on one thing 3. special 4. expert 5. particular (to sth) 6. concentrated 7. specialized
ài — 1. to love; to be fond of; to like 2. affection 3. to be inclined (to do sth); to tend to (happen) (HSK 1)
打聽
dǎ ting — 1. to ask about 2. to make some inquiries 3. to ask around (HSK 3)
社會
shè huì — society (HSK 3)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
瑣事
suǒ shì — trifle
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)
liù — 1. six 2. 6 (HSK 1)
新聞
xīn wén — 1. news 2. classifier: 條 (tiáo) (HSK 2)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
早晨
zǎo chén — 1. early morning 2. also pr. (zǎo chen) (HSK 2)
pì — 1. to open (a door) 2. to open up (for development) 3. to dispel; to refute; to repudiate 4. (bound form) penetrating; incisive
tóu — 1. head 2. hair style 3. the top 4. end 5. beginning or end 6. a stub 7. remnant 8. chief 9. boss 10. side 11. aspect 12. first 13. leading 14. classifier for pigs or livestock 15. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
看見
kàn jiàn — to see; to catch sight of (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
tiáo — 1. strip 2. item 3. article 4. clause (of law or treaty) 5. classifier for long thin things (ribbon, river, road, trousers etc) (HSK 2)
從中
cóng zhōng — from among them; from it (HSK 5)
Guó — surname Guo (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
電報
diàn bào — 1. telegram 2. cable 3. telegraph 4. classifier: 封 (fēng), 份 (fèn) (HSK 7-9)
大概
dà gài — 1. roughly 2. probably 3. rough 4. approximate 5. about 6. general idea (HSK 3)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

在东京的客店里,我们大抵一起来就看报。学生所看的多是《朝日新闻》和《读卖新闻》,专爱打听社会上琐事的就看《二六新闻》。一天早晨,辟头就看见一条从中国来的电报,大概是:——

Jo Shiki Rin。”"The Anhui governor En Ming has been assassinated by Jo Shiki Rin; the assassin has been captured."

安徽
Ān huī — see 安徽省 (Ān huī Shěng)
巡撫
xún fǔ — inspector-general of province in Ming and Qing times
ēn — 1. favor; grace; kindness 2. (coll.) used like 嗯 (èn) in online chat, expressing agreement
míng — 1. to engrave 2. inscribed motto
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
刺殺
cì shā — 1. to assassinate 2. (military) to fight with a bayonet 3. (baseball) to put out (a baserunner)
刺客
cì kè — assassin
就擒
jiù qín — to be taken prisoner

“安徽巡抚恩铭被Jo Shiki Rin刺杀,刺客就擒。”

After a moment's shock, everyone brightened up and began telling each other the news, trying to work out who this assassin was and what three Chinese characters his name was written with.But anyone who was from Shaoxing, and who didn't read only textbooks, already knew perfectly well.This was Xu Xilin. After returning from studying abroad, he had become an expectant circuit intendant in Anhui, in charge of police affairs — a position perfectly suited for assassinating the governor.

大家
dà jiā — 1. everyone 2. influential family 3. great expert (HSK 2)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
zhēng — (bound form) startled; terrified; panic-stricken
之後
zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
容光煥發
róng guāng huàn fā — 1. face glowing (idiom); looking radiant 2. all smiles (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. -ly 2. structural particle: used before a verb or adjective, linking it to preceding modifying adverbial adjunct (HSK 1)
互相
hù xiāng — 1. each other 2. mutually 3. mutual (HSK 3)
告語
gào yǔ — to inform; to tell
並且
bìng qiě — and; besides; moreover; furthermore; in addition (HSK 3)
研究
yán jiū — 1. research 2. a study 3. classifier: 項 (xiàng) 4. to research 5. to look into (HSK 4)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
刺客
cì kè — assassin
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
漢字
hàn zì — Chinese character(s) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
怎樣
zěn yàng — 1. how 2. what kind (HSK 2)
Sān — surname San (HSK 1)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
zì — 1. letter 2. symbol 3. character 4. word 5. classifier: 個 (gè) 6. courtesy or style name traditionally given to males aged 20 in dynastic China (HSK 1)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
只要
zhǐ yào — so long as; provided; if (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
紹興
Shào xīng — see 紹興市 (Shào xīng Shì)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
zhuān — 1. for a particular person, occasion, purpose 2. focused on one thing 3. special 4. expert 5. particular (to sth) 6. concentrated 7. specialized
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
教科書
jiào kē shū — 1. textbook 2. classifier: 本 (běn) (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
早已
zǎo yǐ — 1. for a long time; long since 2. (dialect) in the past (HSK 3)
明白
míng bai — 1. clear; obvious; unequivocal 2. sensible; reasonable 3. to understand; to realize (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Xú — surname Xu
xī — 1. tin (chemistry) 2. to bestow 3. to confer 4. to grant 5. Taiwan pr. (xí) (HSK 7-9)
lín — see 麒麟 (qí lín)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
留學
liú xué — to study abroad (HSK 3)
回國
huí guó — to return to one's home country (HSK 2)
之後
zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
安徽
Ān huī — see 安徽省 (Ān huī Shěng)
候補
hòu bǔ — 1. to wait to fill a vacancy 2. reserve (candidate) 3. alternate 4. substitute
dào — 1. road; path (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 股 (gǔ)) 2. (bound form) way; reason; principle 3. (bound form) a skill; an art; a specialization 4. (Daoism) the Way; the Dao 5. to say (introducing a direct quotation, as in a novel) 6. (bound form) to express; to extend (polite words) 7. classifier for long thin things (rivers, cracks, shadows etc), barriers (walls, doors etc), questions (in an exam etc), commands, courses in a meal, steps in a process 8. (old) circuit (administrative division) (HSK 2)
bàn — 1. to take care of (a matter); to deal with (a task, procedure etc); to organize (an event) 2. to establish; to set up; to manage; to run (an enterprise) 3. (law) to handle; to investigate; to prosecute (a case or suspect) 4. (bound form) office (as in 招辦 (zhāo bàn), admissions office) (abbr. for 辦公室 (bàn gōng shì)) (HSK 2)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
巡警
xún jǐng — 1. police patrol 2. patrol officer 3. (old) police officer
事務
shì wù — 1. (political, economic etc) affairs 2. work 3. transaction (as in a computer database) (HSK 7-9)
zhēng — first month of the lunar year (HSK 1)
合於
hé yú — 1. to tally 2. to accord with 3. to fit
刺殺
cì shā — 1. to assassinate 2. (military) to fight with a bayonet 3. (baseball) to put out (a baserunner)
巡撫
xún fǔ — inspector-general of province in Ming and Qing times
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
地位
dì wèi — 1. position 2. status 3. place 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 4)

大家一怔之后,便容光焕发地互相告语,并且研究这刺客是谁,汉字是怎样三个字。但只要是绍兴人,又不专看教科书的,却早已明白了。这是徐锡麟,他留学回国之后,在做安徽候补道,办著巡警事务,正合于刺杀巡抚的地位。

Everyone went on to predict that he would be given the most extreme punishment, and that his family would be implicated.Before long, news also arrived that Miss Qiu Jin had been killed in Shaoxing, and that Xu Xilin's heart had been cut out and fried and eaten entirely by En Ming's bodyguards.People's hearts were filled with fury.A few people secretly held a meeting to raise travel funds;This was when the Japanese rōnin proved useful — after tearing at dried squid to go with the wine and delivering a stirring speech, he set off to fetch Xu Bosun's family.

大家
dà jiā — 1. everyone 2. influential family 3. great expert (HSK 2)
接著
jiē zhe — 1. to catch and hold on 2. to continue 3. to go on to do sth 4. to follow 5. to carry on 6. then 7. after that 8. subsequently 9. to proceed 10. to ensue 11. in turn 12. in one's turn (HSK 2)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
預測
yù cè — 1. to forecast 2. to predict (HSK 4)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
jiāng — 1. will 2. shall 3. to use 4. to take 5. to checkmate 6. just a short while ago 7. (introduces object of main verb, used in the same way as 把 (bǎ)) (HSK 5)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
極刑
jí xíng — 1. supreme penalty 2. execution
家族
jiā zú — 1. family 2. clan (HSK 7-9)
jiāng — 1. will 2. shall 3. to use 4. to take 5. to checkmate 6. just a short while ago 7. (introduces object of main verb, used in the same way as 把 (bǎ)) (HSK 5)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
連累
lián lei — 1. to implicate; to get (sb) into trouble 2. also pr. (lián lěi) or (lián lèi)
不久
bù jiǔ — 1. not long (after) 2. before too long 3. soon 4. soon after (HSK 2)
秋瑾
Qiū Jǐn — Qiu Jin (1875-1907), famous female martyr of the anti-Qing revolution, the subject of several books and films
姑娘
gū niang — 1. girl 2. young woman 3. young lady 4. daughter 5. paternal aunt (old) 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
紹興
Shào xīng — see 紹興市 (Shào xīng Shì)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
shā — 1. to kill; to slay; to murder; to attack 2. to weaken; to reduce 3. (dialect) to smart 4. (used after a verb) extremely (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
消息
xiāo xi — 1. (piece of) news; information 2. message 3. classifier: 條 (tiáo) (HSK 3)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
傳來
chuán lái — 1. (of a sound) to come through 2. to be heard 3. (of news) to arrive (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Xú — surname Xu
xī — 1. tin (chemistry) 2. to bestow 3. to confer 4. to grant 5. Taiwan pr. (xí) (HSK 7-9)
lín — see 麒麟 (qí lín)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
wā — 1. to dig 2. to excavate 3. to scoop out (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
xīn — 1. heart 2. mind 3. intention 4. center 5. core 6. classifier: 顆 (kē), 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
gěi — 1. to 2. for 3. for the benefit of 4. to give 5. to allow 6. to do sth (for sb) 7. (grammatical equivalent of 被) 8. (grammatical equivalent of 把) 9. (sentence intensifier) (HSK 1)
ēn — 1. favor; grace; kindness 2. (coll.) used like 嗯 (èn) in online chat, expressing agreement
míng — 1. to engrave 2. inscribed motto
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
qīn — 1. parent 2. one's own (flesh and blood) 3. relative 4. related 5. marriage 6. bride 7. close 8. intimate 9. in person 10. first-hand 11. in favor of 12. pro- 13. to kiss 14. (Internet slang) dear (HSK 3)
bīng — 1. soldiers 2. a force 3. an army 4. weapons 5. arms 6. military 7. warlike 8. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 4)
chǎo — 1. to sauté; to stir-fry 2. to speculate (in real estate etc); to scalp 3. to hype up 4. to sack; to fire (sb) (HSK 6)
shí — 1. to eat 2. food 3. animal feed 4. eclipse
jìng — variant of 淨 (jìng) (HSK 6)
jìn — 1. to use up 2. to exhaust 3. to end 4. to finish 5. to the utmost 6. exhausted 7. finished 8. to the limit (of sth) 9. all 10. entirely (HSK 6)
人心
rén xīn — 1. popular feeling 2. the will of the people
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
憤怒
fèn nù — 1. angry 2. indignant 3. wrath 4. ire (HSK 6)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
幾個
jǐ ge — 1. a few 2. several 3. how many
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
便秘
biàn mì — 1. constipation 2. Taiwan pr. (biàn bì)
Mì — 1. surname Mi 2. name of an ancient state (HSK 4)
de — 1. -ly 2. structural particle: used before a verb or adjective, linking it to preceding modifying adverbial adjunct (HSK 1)
kāi — 1. to open (transitive or intransitive) 2. (of ships, vehicles, troops etc) to start 3. to turn on; to put in operation; to operate; to run 4. to boil 5. to write out (a prescription, check, invoice etc) 6. (directional complement) away; off 7. carat (gold) 8. abbr. for Kelvin, 開爾文 (Kāi ěr wén) 9. abbr. for 開本 (kāi běn), book format (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
籌集
chóu jí — to collect money; to raise funds (HSK 7-9)
川資
chuān zī — travel expenses
這時
zhè shí — 1. at this time 2. at this moment (HSK 2)
用得著
yòng de zháo — 1. to be able to use; useable; to have a use for 2. (in a question) to be necessary to (HSK 6)
日本
Rì běn — Japan
浪人
làng rén — 1. vagrant 2. unemployed person 3. rōnin (wandering masterless samurai)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
sī — to tear (HSK 7-9)
烏賊
wū zéi — cuttlefish
Yú — surname Yu (HSK 2)
下酒
xià jiǔ — 1. to be appropriate to have with alcohol 2. to down one's drink
慷慨
kāng kǎi — 1. vehement; fervent 2. generous; magnanimous (HSK 7-9)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
tōng — 1. to go through 2. to know well 3. (suffix) expert 4. to connect 5. to communicate 6. open 7. to clear 8. classifier for letters, telegrams, phone calls etc (HSK 2)
之後
zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
dēng — 1. to scale (a height) 2. to ascend 3. to mount 4. to publish or record 5. to enter (e.g. in a register) 6. to press down with the foot 7. to step or tread on 8. to put on (shoes or trousers) (dialect) 9. to be gathered and taken to the threshing ground (old) (HSK 4)
Chéng — surname Cheng
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
jiē — 1. to receive 2. to answer (the phone) 3. to meet or welcome sb 4. to connect 5. to catch 6. to join 7. to extend 8. to take one's turn on duty 9. to take over for sb (HSK 2)
Xú — surname Xu
bà — variant of 霸 (bà)
sūn — fragrant grass
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
家屬
jiā shǔ — 1. family member 2. (family) dependent (HSK 3)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)

大家接著就预测他将被极刑,家族将被连累。不久,秋瑾姑娘在绍兴被杀的消息也传来了,徐锡麟是被挖了心,给恩铭的亲兵炒食净尽。人心很愤怒。有几个人便秘密地开一个会,筹集川资;这时用得著日本浪人了,撕乌贼鱼下酒,慷慨一通之后,他便登程去接徐伯荪的家属去。

As custom required, there was also a fellow-provincials' meeting, to mourn the martyr and curse the Manchus;After that, someone proposed sending a telegram to Beijing, bitterly denouncing the inhumanity of the Manchu government.The assembly immediately split into two factions: one wanted to send the telegram, the other did not.I was in favor of sending it, but no sooner had I spoken than a dull, sluggish voice rose up in response:

照例
zhào lì — 1. as a rule 2. as usual 3. usually (HSK 7-9)
還有
hái yǒu — 1. there still remain(s); there is (or are) still 2. in addition (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
同鄉
tóng xiāng — person from the same village, town, or province
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
diào — 1. a string of 100 cash (arch.) 2. to lament 3. to condole with 4. variant of 吊 (diào) (HSK 6)
烈士
liè shì — martyr (HSK 7-9)
mà — 1. to scold 2. to abuse 3. to curse 4. classifier: 通 (tòng), 頓 (dùn) (HSK 5)
滿洲
Mǎn zhōu — Manchuria
此後
cǐ hòu — 1. after this 2. afterwards 3. hereafter (HSK 5)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
有人
yǒu rén — 1. someone 2. people 3. anyone 4. there is someone there 5. occupied (as in restroom) (HSK 2)
主張
zhǔ zhāng — 1. to advocate 2. to stand for 3. view 4. position 5. stand 6. proposition 7. viewpoint 8. assertion 9. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
dá — 1. (loanword) dozen 2. Taiwan pr. (dǎ) (HSK 1)
電報
diàn bào — 1. telegram 2. cable 3. telegraph 4. classifier: 封 (fēng), 份 (fèn) (HSK 7-9)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
北京
Běi jīng — Beijing municipality, capital of the People's Republic of China (short name 京 (Jīng)) (HSK 1)
痛斥
tòng chì — 1. to criticize harshly 2. to denounce 3. to attack viciously
滿
Mǎn — Manchu ethnic group (HSK 2)
政府
zhèng fǔ — 1. government 2. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
無人
wú rén — 1. unmanned 2. uninhabited
dào — 1. road; path (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 股 (gǔ)) 2. (bound form) way; reason; principle 3. (bound form) a skill; an art; a specialization 4. (Daoism) the Way; the Dao 5. to say (introducing a direct quotation, as in a novel) 6. (bound form) to express; to extend (polite words) 7. classifier for long thin things (rivers, cracks, shadows etc), barriers (walls, doors etc), questions (in an exam etc), commands, courses in a meal, steps in a process 8. (old) circuit (administrative division) (HSK 2)
會眾
huì zhòng — 1. audience 2. participants 3. congregation (of religious sect)
即刻
jí kè — 1. immediately 2. instant 3. instantly
分成
fēn chéng — 1. to divide (into) 2. to split a bonus 3. to break into 4. tenths 5. percentage allotment (HSK 5)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
pā — used in 派司 (pā si) (HSK 3)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
pā — used in 派司 (pā si) (HSK 3)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
發電
fā diàn — 1. to generate electricity 2. to send a telegram (HSK 6)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
pā — used in 派司 (pā si) (HSK 3)
不要
bù yào — don't!; must not (HSK 2)
fā — 1. to send out 2. to show (one's feeling) 3. to issue 4. to develop 5. to make a bundle of money 6. classifier for gunshots (rounds) (HSK 2)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
主張
zhǔ zhāng — 1. to advocate 2. to stand for 3. view 4. position 5. stand 6. proposition 7. viewpoint 8. assertion 9. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
發電
fā diàn — 1. to generate electricity 2. to send a telegram (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
dāng — 1. to be 2. to act as 3. manage 4. withstand 5. when 6. during 7. ought 8. should 9. match equally 10. equal 11. same 12. obstruct 13. just at (a time or place) 14. on the spot 15. right 16. just at (HSK 2)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
說出
shuō chū — 1. to speak out 2. to declare (one's view)
之後
zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)
jí — 1. namely 2. that is 3. i.e. 4. prompt 5. at once 6. at present 7. even if 8. prompted (by the occasion) 9. to approach 10. to come into contact 11. to assume (office) 12. to draw near (HSK 7-9)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
一種
yī zhǒng — one kind of; one type of
dùn — 1. blunt 2. stupid
zhì — (bound form) sluggish; stagnant
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
聲音
shēng yīn — sound; voice (HSK 2)
跟著
gēn zhe — 1. to follow after 2. immediately afterwards
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)

照例还有一个同乡会,吊烈士,骂满洲;此后便有人主张打电报到北京,痛斥满政府的无人道。会众即刻分成两派:一派要发电,一派不要发。我是主张发电的,但当我说出之后,即有一种钝滞的声音跟著起来:

。”"The killed have been killed, the dead are dead — what's the use of sending some damned telegram?"

shā — 1. to kill; to slay; to murder; to attack 2. to weaken; to reduce 3. (dialect) to smart 4. (used after a verb) extremely (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
殺掉
shā diào — to kill
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
sǐ — 1. to die 2. impassable 3. uncrossable 4. inflexible 5. rigid 6. extremely 7. damned (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
死掉
sǐ diào — to die
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
fā — 1. to send out 2. to show (one's feeling) 3. to issue 4. to develop 5. to make a bundle of money 6. classifier for gunshots (rounds) (HSK 2)
shén — what
me — variant of 麼 (me)
pì — 1. fart 2. flatulence 3. nonsense 4. (usu. in the negative) what 5. (not) a damn thing
電報
diàn bào — 1. telegram 2. cable 3. telegraph 4. classifier: 封 (fēng), 份 (fèn) (HSK 7-9)
ne — 1. (sentence-final particle) used in questions to link back to prior discourse or context ("what about...?", "and...?") 2. (sentence-final particle) indicating that a state or situation still holds 3. (discourse particle) used to mark a slight pause or emphasis in speech (HSK 1)

“杀的杀掉了,死的死掉了,还发什么屁电报呢。”

This was a tall, big-framed man with long hair, whose eyeballs showed more white than black, so that he always seemed to be looking down on people.He was squatting on the mat, and whenever I spoke, he would generally object;I had already found this strange and had been keeping an eye on him; only now did I ask someone else: who was it that had said that, to be so coldly indifferent?Someone who knew him told me: his name was Fan Ainong, and he was a student of Xu Bosun's.

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
高大
gāo dà — tall; lofty; towering (HSK 5)
身材
shēn cái — 1. stature 2. build (height and weight) 3. figure (HSK 4)
cháng — 1. long 2. (bound form) length 3. (bound form) strong point; forte 4. (bound form) to be good at 5. (literary) surplus; spare (Taiwan pr. (zhàng)) (HSK 2)
頭髮
tóu fa — hair (on the head) (HSK 2)
眼球
yǎn qiú — 1. eyeball 2. (fig.) attention
Bái — 1. surname Bai 2. Bai ethnic group (HSK 1)
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
Hēi — short name for Heilongjiang 黑龍江 (Hēi lóng jiāng) (HSK 2)
shǎo — 1. few 2. less 3. to lack 4. to be missing 5. to stop (doing sth) 6. seldom (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
zǒng — 1. (bound form) general; overall 2. to sum up 3. in every case; always; invariably 4. anyway; after all; eventually; sooner or later 5. surely 6. (after a person's name) abbr. for 總經理 (zǒng jīng lǐ) or 總編 (zǒng biān) etc (HSK 3)
xiàng — 1. elephant 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī) 3. shape 4. form 5. appearance 6. to imitate
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
渺視
miǎo shì — 1. to think little of 2. to look down on
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
cún — (dialect) to sprain one's foot or leg due to a sudden impact or landing (HSK 6)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
席子
xí zi — woven mat
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
發言
fā yán — 1. to make a speech 2. statement 3. utterance 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
大抵
dà dǐ — 1. generally speaking 2. by and large 3. for the most part
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
反對
fǎn duì — to oppose; to be against; to object to (HSK 3)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
zǎo — 1. early 2. morning 3. Good morning! 4. long ago 5. prematurely (HSK 1)
覺得
jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)
奇怪
qí guài — 1. strange 2. odd 3. to marvel 4. to be baffled (HSK 3)
zhù — 1. to annotate; to provide explanatory notes on a written text 2. an annotation; an explanatory note 3. (bound form) to put on record; to register (HSK 7-9)
yì — 1. (bound form) idea; thought; meaning; sense 2. (bound form) intention; feeling; inclination; state of mind 3. (bound form) Italy (abbr. for 意大利 (Yì dà lì))
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
這時
zhè shí — 1. at this time 2. at this moment (HSK 2)
cái — 1. ability; talent 2. sb of a certain type 3. a capable individual 4. then and only then 5. just now 6. (before an expression of quantity) only 7. (emphatic, esp. in contrast or correction) really; actually (HSK 2)
打聽
dǎ ting — 1. to ask about 2. to make some inquiries 3. to ask around (HSK 3)
別人
bié ren — other people; others; other person (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
huà — 1. dialect 2. language 3. spoken words 4. speech 5. talk 6. words 7. conversation 8. what sb said 9. classifier: 種 (zhǒng), 席 (xí), 句 (jù), 口 (kǒu), 番 (fān) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
ne — 1. (sentence-final particle) used in questions to link back to prior discourse or context ("what about...?", "and...?") 2. (sentence-final particle) indicating that a state or situation still holds 3. (discourse particle) used to mark a slight pause or emphasis in speech (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
那麽
nà me — variant of 那麼 (nà me) (HSK 2)
Lěng — surname Leng (HSK 1)
認識
rèn shi — 1. to know 2. to recognize 3. to be familiar with 4. to get acquainted with sb 5. knowledge 6. understanding 7. awareness 8. cognition (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
告訴
gào sù — to press charges; to file a complaint (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)
Fàn — surname Fan
ài — 1. to love; to be fond of; to like 2. affection 3. to be inclined (to do sth); to tend to (happen) (HSK 1)
Nóng — surname Nong
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Xú — surname Xu
bà — variant of 霸 (bà)
sūn — fragrant grass
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
學生
xué sheng — 1. student 2. schoolchild (HSK 1)

这是一个高大身材,长头发,眼球白多黑少的人,看人总象在渺视。他蹲在席子上,我发言大抵就反对;我早觉得奇怪,注意著他的了,到这时才打听别人:说这话的是谁呢,有那么冷?认识的人告诉我说:他叫范爱农,是徐伯荪的学生。

I became extremely angry, thinking he was simply inhuman — his own teacher had been killed, and he was even afraid to send a telegram — so I insisted all the more firmly that we should send it, and began arguing with him.In the end, those in favor of sending the telegram were the majority, and he gave in.Next, someone had to be chosen to draft the telegram.

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
非常
fēi cháng — 1. very; really 2. unusual; extraordinary (HSK 1)
憤怒
fèn nù — 1. angry 2. indignant 3. wrath 4. ire (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
覺得
jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
簡直
jiǎn zhí — simply; really (HSK 3)
不是
bù shì — 1. no 2. is not 3. not
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
自己
zì jǐ — oneself; (attributive) one's own (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
先生
xiān sheng — 1. teacher 2. gentleman; sir; mister (Mr.) 3. husband 4. (dialect) doctor 5. classifier: 位 (wèi) (HSK 1)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
shā — 1. to kill; to slay; to murder; to attack 2. to weaken; to reduce 3. (dialect) to smart 4. (used after a verb) extremely (HSK 5)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Lián — surname Lian (HSK 3)
dá — 1. (loanword) dozen 2. Taiwan pr. (dǎ) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
電報
diàn bào — 1. telegram 2. cable 3. telegraph 4. classifier: 封 (fēng), 份 (fèn) (HSK 7-9)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
害怕
hài pà — to be afraid; to be scared (HSK 3)
於是
yú shì — thereupon; as a result; consequently; thus; hence (HSK 4)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
堅執
jiān zhí — 1. to persist 2. to continue upholding 3. to persevere 4. to stick to sth 5. stubborn
地主
dì zhǔ — 1. landlord 2. landowner 3. host
Zhāng — surname Zhang (HSK 3)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
發電
fā diàn — 1. to generate electricity 2. to send a telegram (HSK 6)
tóng — 1. like 2. same 3. similar 4. together 5. alike 6. with (HSK 6)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
zhēng — 1. to strive for 2. to vie for 3. to argue or debate 4. deficient or lacking (dialect) 5. how or what (literary) (HSK 3)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
結果
jiē guǒ — to bear fruit (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
主張
zhǔ zhāng — 1. to advocate 2. to stand for 3. view 4. position 5. stand 6. proposition 7. viewpoint 8. assertion 9. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
發電
fā diàn — 1. to generate electricity 2. to send a telegram (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
居多
jū duō — to be in the majority
shǔ — 1. to count 2. to count as; to regard as 3. to enumerate; to list (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
屈服
qū fú — 1. to surrender 2. to succumb 3. to yield 4. (as a transitive verb) to defeat 5. to prevail over (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
其次
qí cì — 1. next 2. secondly (HSK 3)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
推出
tuī chū — 1. to push out 2. to release 3. to launch 4. to publish 5. to recommend (HSK 6)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
nǐ — 1. to plan to 2. to draft (a plan) 3. to imitate 4. to assess 5. to compare 6. pseudo- (HSK 7-9)
diàn — 1. lightning 2. electricity 3. electric (bound form) 4. to get (or give) an electric shock 5. phone call or telegram etc 6. to send via telephone or telegram etc (HSK 1)
稿
gǎo — 1. manuscript 2. draft 3. stalk of grain

我非常愤怒了,觉得他简直不是人,自己的先生被杀了,连打一个电报还害怕,于是便坚执地主张要发电,同他争起来。结果是主张发电的居多数,他屈服了。其次要推出人来拟电稿。

"Why bother electing someone?﹋﹋。”Naturally it should be one of the people who wanted to send it—" he said.

何必
hé bì — 1. there is no need 2. why should (HSK 7-9)
推舉
tuī jǔ — 1. to nominate as a worthy candidate; to recommend 2. to elect; to choose 3. (weightlifting) to (clean and) press
ne — 1. (sentence-final particle) used in questions to link back to prior discourse or context ("what about...?", "and...?") 2. (sentence-final particle) indicating that a state or situation still holds 3. (discourse particle) used to mark a slight pause or emphasis in speech (HSK 1)
自然
zì rán — 1. nature 2. natural 3. naturally (HSK 3)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
主張
zhǔ zhāng — 1. to advocate 2. to stand for 3. view 4. position 5. stand 6. proposition 7. viewpoint 8. assertion 9. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
發電
fā diàn — 1. to generate electricity 2. to send a telegram (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
luō — used in 囉唆 (luō suo) and 囉嗦 (luō suo)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

“何必推举呢?自然是主张发电的人啰﹋﹋。”他说。

I felt that his words were again aimed at me — unreasonable, and yet, not entirely unreasonable either.But I argued that this solemn, tragic piece must be written by someone who knew the martyr's life well, because he would be more closely connected than others, his heart more grieved and indignant, and so what he wrote would surely be more moving.So we started arguing again.In the end, he wouldn't do it, and I wouldn't do it either; I don't know who it was that finally agreed to take it on;After that, everyone dispersed, leaving only the one drafting it and one or two organizers behind, waiting for it to be finished so it could be sent off.

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
覺得
jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
的話
de huà — if (coming after a conditional clause) (HSK 2)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
針對
zhēn duì — to target; to focus on; to be aimed at or against; in response to (HSK 4)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
無理
wú lǐ — 1. irrational 2. unreasonable (HSK 7-9)
dǎo — 1. to fall; to collapse; to lie horizontally 2. to fail; to go bankrupt 3. to overthrow 4. to change (trains or buses) 5. to move around 6. to resell at a profit (HSK 2)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
並非
bìng fēi — really isn't (HSK 7-9)
無理
wú lǐ — 1. irrational 2. unreasonable (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
主張
zhǔ zhāng — 1. to advocate 2. to stand for 3. view 4. position 5. stand 6. proposition 7. viewpoint 8. assertion 9. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
piān — 1. sheet 2. piece of writing 3. bound set of bamboo slips used for record keeping (old) 4. classifier for written items: chapter, article (HSK 2)
悲壯
bēi zhuàng — 1. solemn and stirring 2. moving and tragic
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
文章
wén zhāng — 1. article 2. essay 3. literary works 4. writings 5. hidden meaning 6. classifier: 篇 (piān), 段 (duàn), 頁 (yè) (HSK 3)
必須
bì xū — 1. to have to 2. must 3. compulsory 4. necessarily (HSK 2)
深知
shēn zhī — to know well; to be fully aware of
烈士
liè shì — martyr (HSK 7-9)
生平
shēng píng — 1. life (a person's whole life) 2. in one's entire life (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
因為
yīn wèi — because; owing to; on account of (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Bǐ — 1. Belgium 2. Belgian 3. abbr. for 比利時 (Bǐ lì shí) (HSK 1)
別人
bié ren — other people; others; other person (HSK 1)
關係
guān xi — 1. relation 2. relationship 3. to concern 4. to affect 5. to have to do with 6. guanxi 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
gēng — 1. to change or replace 2. to experience 3. one of the five two-hour periods into which the night was formerly divided 4. watch (e.g. of a sentry or guard) (HSK 2)
密切
mì qiè — 1. close; intimate 2. to strengthen (ties, cooperation etc) 3. closely; intently; carefully 4. (math.) to osculate (HSK 4)
xīn — 1. heart 2. mind 3. intention 4. center 5. core 6. classifier: 顆 (kē), 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
gēng — 1. to change or replace 2. to experience 3. one of the five two-hour periods into which the night was formerly divided 4. watch (e.g. of a sentry or guard) (HSK 2)
悲憤
bēi fèn — grief and indignation
做出
zuò chū — 1. to put out 2. to issue
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
一定
yī dìng — 1. surely; certainly; definitely 2. fixed; settled 3. a certain ...; a given ... (HSK 2)
更動
gēng dòng — 1. to change 2. to replace 3. to alter
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
於是
yú shì — thereupon; as a result; consequently; thus; hence (HSK 4)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
zhēng — 1. to strive for 2. to vie for 3. to argue or debate 4. deficient or lacking (dialect) 5. how or what (literary) (HSK 3)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
結果
jiē guǒ — to bear fruit (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
不知
bù zhī — 1. not to know 2. unaware 3. unknowingly 4. fig. not to admit (defeat, hardships, tiredness etc) (HSK 7-9)
shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
承認
chéng rèn — 1. to admit 2. to concede 3. to recognize 4. recognition (diplomatic, artistic etc) 5. to acknowledge (HSK 4)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
其次
qí cì — 1. next 2. secondly (HSK 3)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
大家
dà jiā — 1. everyone 2. influential family 3. great expert (HSK 2)
走散
zǒu sàn — 1. to wander off 2. to stray 3. to get lost
zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
留下
liú xià — 1. to leave behind 2. to stay behind 3. to remain 4. to keep 5. not to let (sb) go (HSK 2)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
擬稿
nǐ gǎo — to draft (a statement)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
幹事
gàn shi — 1. administrator 2. executive secretary (HSK 7-9)
等候
děng hòu — 1. to wait 2. to wait for (HSK 5)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
之後
zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
拍發
pāi fā — 1. to send 2. to cable (a telegram)

我觉得他的话又在针对我,无理,倒也并非无理的。但我便主张这一篇悲壮的文章必须深知烈士生平的人做,因为他比别人关系更密切,心里更悲愤,做出来就一定更动人。于是又争起来。结果是他不做,我也不做,不知谁承认做去了;其次是大家走散,只留下一个拟稿的和一两个干事,等候做好之后去拍发。

From then on, I always felt this Fan Ainong was strange, and thoroughly detestable.Of all the detestable people in the world, I had at first thought the Manchus were the worst; only now did I realize they came second;First place, actually, was Fan Ainong.If China was not to have a revolution, well and good; but if there was to be one, the first thing necessary would be to get rid of Fan Ainong.

從此
cóng cǐ — 1. from now on 2. since then 3. henceforth (HSK 4)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
zǒng — 1. (bound form) general; overall 2. to sum up 3. in every case; always; invariably 4. anyway; after all; eventually; sooner or later 5. surely 6. (after a person's name) abbr. for 總經理 (zǒng jīng lǐ) or 總編 (zǒng biān) etc (HSK 3)
覺得
jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
Fàn — surname Fan
ài — 1. to love; to be fond of; to like 2. affection 3. to be inclined (to do sth); to tend to (happen) (HSK 1)
Nóng — surname Nong
離奇
lí qí — odd; bizarre (HSK 7-9)
而且
ér qiě — 1. (not only ...) but also 2. moreover; in addition; furthermore (HSK 2)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
可惡
kě wù — 1. repulsive 2. vile 3. hateful 4. abominable (HSK 7-9)
天下
tiān xià — 1. land under heaven 2. the whole world 3. the whole of China 4. realm 5. rule (HSK 6)
可惡
kě wù — 1. repulsive 2. vile 3. hateful 4. abominable (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
當初
dāng chū — 1. at that time 2. originally (HSK 3)
以為
yǐ wéi — to think; to believe (often with the implication that the belief is mistaken – unless referring to one's own current belief) (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
滿人
Mǎn rén — a Manchu
這時
zhè shí — 1. at this time 2. at this moment (HSK 2)
cái — 1. ability; talent 2. sb of a certain type 3. a capable individual 4. then and only then 5. just now 6. (before an expression of quantity) only 7. (emphatic, esp. in contrast or correction) really; actually (HSK 2)
知道
zhī dào — 1. to know; to become aware of 2. also pr. (zhī dao) (HSK 1)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
其次
qí cì — 1. next 2. secondly (HSK 3)
第一
dì yī — 1. first 2. most important; primary; foremost
倒是
dào shi — 1. contrary to what one might expect 2. actually 3. contrariwise 4. why don't you (HSK 5)
Fàn — surname Fan
ài — 1. to love; to be fond of; to like 2. affection 3. to be inclined (to do sth); to tend to (happen) (HSK 1)
Nóng — surname Nong
中國
Zhōng guó — China (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
革命
gé mìng — 1. to withdraw the mandate of heaven (and transition to a new dynasty) (original meaning) 2. revolution 3. revolutionary 4. to revolt (against sb or sth) 5. to revolutionize (sth) 6. (separable verb sometimes used in the pattern 革noun的命) 7. classifier: 次 (cì) (HSK 7-9)
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
yǐ — 1. already 2. to stop 3. then 4. afterwards (HSK 3)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
革命
gé mìng — 1. to withdraw the mandate of heaven (and transition to a new dynasty) (original meaning) 2. revolution 3. revolutionary 4. to revolt (against sb or sth) 5. to revolutionize (sth) 6. (separable verb sometimes used in the pattern 革noun的命) 7. classifier: 次 (cì) (HSK 7-9)
首先
shǒu xiān — first of all; in the first place (HSK 3)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
必須
bì xū — 1. to have to 2. must 3. compulsory 4. necessarily (HSK 2)
jiāng — 1. will 2. shall 3. to use 4. to take 5. to checkmate 6. just a short while ago 7. (introduces object of main verb, used in the same way as 把 (bǎ)) (HSK 5)
Fàn — surname Fan
ài — 1. to love; to be fond of; to like 2. affection 3. to be inclined (to do sth); to tend to (happen) (HSK 1)
Nóng — surname Nong
除去
chú qù — 1. to eliminate 2. to remove 3. except for 4. apart from (HSK 7-9)

从此我总觉得这范爱农离奇,而且很可恶。天下可恶的人,当初以为是满人,这时才知道还在其次;第一倒是范爱农。中国不革命则已,要革命,首先就必须将范爱农除去。

But this opinion of mine seemed gradually to fade afterward, and in the end I forgot it altogether; from then on we never met again.Not until the year before the revolution, when I was teaching in my hometown — it was probably around late spring — did I suddenly see a man sitting as a guest at an acquaintance's house; we stared hard at each other for no more than two or three seconds, and then we said, at the same moment:

然而
rán ér — however; but; yet (HSK 4)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
意見
yì jiàn — 1. idea 2. opinion 3. suggestion 4. objection 5. complaint 6. classifier: 點 (diǎn), 條 (tiáo) (HSK 2)
後來
hòu lái — 1. afterwards; later 2. newly arrived (HSK 2)
似乎
sì hū — it seems; seemingly; as if (HSK 4)
逐漸
zhú jiàn — gradually (HSK 4)
淡薄
dàn bó — 1. thin 2. light 3. flagging 4. faint
到底
dào dǐ — 1. finally 2. in the end 3. when all is said and done 4. after all 5. to the end 6. to the last (HSK 3)
忘卻
wàng què — to forget
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
我們
wǒ men — we; us; ourselves; our (HSK 1)
從此
cóng cǐ — 1. from now on 2. since then 3. henceforth (HSK 4)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
再見
zài jiàn — 1. goodbye 2. see you again later (HSK 1)
miàn — 1. face 2. side 3. surface 4. aspect 5. top 6. classifier for objects with flat surfaces such as drums, mirrors, flags etc
直到
zhí dào — until (HSK 3)
革命
gé mìng — 1. to withdraw the mandate of heaven (and transition to a new dynasty) (original meaning) 2. revolution 3. revolutionary 4. to revolt (against sb or sth) 5. to revolutionize (sth) 6. (separable verb sometimes used in the pattern 革noun的命) 7. classifier: 次 (cì) (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
qián — 1. front 2. forward 3. ahead 4. first 5. top (followed by a number) 6. future 7. ago 8. before 9. BC (e.g. 前293年) 10. former 11. formerly (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Nián — surname Nian (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
故鄉
gù xiāng — 1. home 2. homeland 3. native place 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
教員
jiào yuán — 1. teacher 2. instructor 3. classifier: 個 (gè)
大概
dà gài — 1. roughly 2. probably 3. rough 4. approximate 5. about 6. general idea (HSK 3)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Chūn — surname Chun
me — variant of 麼 (me) (HSK 4)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
bà — 1. to stop 2. to cease 3. to dismiss 4. to suspend 5. to quit 6. to finish
忽然
hū rán — suddenly; all of a sudden (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
熟人
shú rén — 1. acquaintance 2. friend (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
kè — 1. customer; visitor; guest 2. classifier for servings or portions (when ordering food)
zuò — 1. seat 2. base; stand 3. (bound form) constellation 4. (archaic) suffix used in a respectful form of address (e.g. 師座 (shī zuò)) 5. classifier for large immovable objects such as buildings, mountains, bridges etc (HSK 2)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
看見
kàn jiàn — to see; to catch sight of (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一個人
yī gè rén — 1. by oneself (without assistance) 2. alone (without company)
互相
hù xiāng — 1. each other 2. mutually 3. mutual (HSK 3)
shú — 1. ripe; mature 2. thoroughly cooked; done 3. familiar; acquainted 4. experienced; skilled 5. (of sleep etc) deep; profound 6. also pr. (shóu) (HSK 2)
shì — (literary, or bound form) to look at
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
不過
bù guò — 1. only 2. merely 3. no more than 4. but 5. however 6. anyway (to get back to a previous topic) 7. cannot be more (after adjectival) (HSK 2)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
Sān — surname San (HSK 1)
秒鐘
miǎo zhōng — (time) second
我們
wǒ men — we; us; ourselves; our (HSK 1)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
同時
tóng shí — at the same time; simultaneously (HSK 2)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

然而这意见后来似乎逐渐淡薄,到底忘却了,我们从此也没有再见面。直到革命的前一年,我在故乡做教员,大概是春末时候罢,忽然在熟人的客座上看见了一个人,互相熟视了不过两三秒钟,我们便同时说:

!”"Oh, oh — you're Fan Ainong!"

é — to chant (HSK 7-9)
é — to chant (HSK 7-9)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Fàn — surname Fan
ài — 1. to love; to be fond of; to like 2. affection 3. to be inclined (to do sth); to tend to (happen) (HSK 1)
Nóng — surname Nong

“哦哦,你是范爱农!”

!”"Oh, oh — you're Lu Xun!"

é — to chant (HSK 7-9)
é — to chant (HSK 7-9)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
魯迅
Lǔ Xùn — Lu Xun (1881-1936), one of the earliest and best-known modern Chinese writers

“哦哦,你是鲁迅!”

Somehow we both burst out laughing — a laughter of mutual mockery and sorrow.His eyes were still the same as before, yet strangely, in just these few years, white hair had appeared on his head — though perhaps it had already been there and I simply hadn't noticed before.He wore a very worn cotton mandarin jacket and tattered cloth shoes, looking quite poor and shabby.Speaking of his own experiences, he said that afterward he had run out of money for tuition, could no longer continue studying abroad, and so had come home.After returning to his hometown, he had suffered contempt, exclusion, and persecution, until there was hardly anywhere he could find a place for himself.Now he was hiding away in the countryside, teaching a handful of primary school pupils to scrape a living.But because at times he felt terribly stifled, he would take the ferry into town.

不知
bù zhī — 1. not to know 2. unaware 3. unknowingly 4. fig. not to admit (defeat, hardships, tiredness etc) (HSK 7-9)
zěn — how
de — 1. -ly 2. structural particle: used before a verb or adjective, linking it to preceding modifying adverbial adjunct (HSK 1)
我們
wǒ men — we; us; ourselves; our (HSK 1)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
xiào — 1. to laugh; to smile 2. to laugh at (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
互相
hù xiāng — 1. each other 2. mutually 3. mutual (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
嘲笑
cháo xiào — 1. to jeer at 2. to deride 3. to ridicule 4. mockery 5. derision (HSK 7-9)
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
悲哀
bēi āi — 1. grieved 2. sorrowful (HSK 7-9)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
眼睛
yǎn jing — 1. eye 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 雙 (shuāng) (HSK 2)
還是
hái shi — 1. still (as before) 2. had better 3. unexpectedly 4. or (HSK 1)
那樣
nà yàng — 1. that kind 2. that sort (HSK 2)
然而
rán ér — however; but; yet (HSK 4)
奇怪
qí guài — 1. strange 2. odd 3. to marvel 4. to be baffled (HSK 3)
zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
幾年
jǐ nián — 1. a few years; several years 2. how many years?
頭上
tóu shàng — 1. overhead 2. above
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
有了
yǒu le — 1. I've got a solution! 2. to have a bun in the oven (abbr. for 有了胎 (yǒu le tāi))
白髮
bái fà — 1. white or gray hair 2. classifier: 根 (gēn)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
也許
yě xǔ — perhaps; maybe (HSK 2)
本來
běn lái — 1. original 2. originally 3. at first 4. it goes without saying 5. of course (HSK 3)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
先前
xiān qián — before; previously (HSK 5)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
留心
liú xīn — to be careful; to pay attention to (HSK 7-9)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
穿著
chuān zhuó — attire; clothes; dress (HSK 7-9)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. old 2. opposite: new 新 3. former 4. worn (with age) (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
bù — 1. cloth 2. to declare 3. to announce 4. to spread 5. to make known (HSK 3)
馬褂
mǎ guà — buttoned mandarin jacket of the Qing dynasty 清代 (Qīng dài) (1644-1911)
破布
pò bù — rag
xié — 1. shoe 2. classifier: 雙 (shuāng), 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
顯得
xiǎn de — 1. to seem 2. to look 3. to appear (HSK 3)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
hán — 1. cold 2. poor 3. to tremble
sù — 1. raw silk 2. white 3. plain, unadorned 4. vegetarian (food) 5. essence 6. nature 7. element 8. constituent 9. usually 10. always 11. ever (HSK 7-9)
談起
tán qǐ — 1. to mention 2. to speak of 3. to talk about (HSK 7-9)
自己
zì jǐ — oneself; (attributive) one's own (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
經歷
jīng lì — 1. to experience; to go through 2. experience (classifier: 段 (duàn), 次 (cì)) (HSK 3)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
後來
hòu lái — 1. afterwards; later 2. newly arrived (HSK 2)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
學費
xué fèi — 1. tuition fee 2. tuition 3. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
不能
bù néng — 1. cannot 2. must not 3. should not
zài — 1. again; once more; re- 2. further; beyond this point of time 3. (before an adjective) more 4. then (after sth, and not until then) 5. no matter how ... (followed by an adjective or verb, and then (usually) 也 (yě) or 都 (dōu) for emphasis) 6. (used to introduce additional information, as in 再則 (zài zé), 再就是 (zài jiù shì) etc) 7. (literary) to reappear; to reoccur (HSK 1)
留學
liú xué — to study abroad (HSK 3)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
回來
huí lai — to return; to come back (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
回到
huí dào — to return to (HSK 1)
故鄉
gù xiāng — 1. home 2. homeland 3. native place 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
之後
zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
shòu — 1. to receive 2. to accept 3. to suffer 4. subjected to 5. to bear 6. to stand 7. pleasant 8. (passive marker) 9. (LGBT) bottom (HSK 3)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
輕蔑
qīng miè — 1. scornful; disdainful; contemptuous; pejorative 2. disdain; contempt (HSK 7-9)
排斥
pái chì — 1. to reject 2. to exclude 3. to eliminate 4. to remove 5. to repel (HSK 7-9)
迫害
pò hài — to persecute (HSK 7-9)
幾乎
jī hū — almost; nearly; practically (HSK 4)
mó — used in 南無 (nā mó) (HSK 4)
de — 1. -ly 2. structural particle: used before a verb or adjective, linking it to preceding modifying adverbial adjunct (HSK 1)
kě — 1. (prefix) can; may; able to; -able 2. to approve; to permit 3. to suit 4. (particle used for emphasis) certainly; very 5. but; however (HSK 5)
Róng — surname Rong
現在
xiàn zài — now; at present; currently (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
duǒ — 1. to hide 2. to dodge 3. to avoid (HSK 5)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
鄉下
xiāng xia — 1. countryside 2. rural area 3. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 7-9)
Jiào — surname Jiao (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
幾個
jǐ ge — 1. a few 2. several 3. how many
小學生
xiǎo xué shēng — 1. primary school student 2. schoolchild 3. classifier: 個 (gè), 名 (míng) 4. (fig.) beginner (HSK 1)
糊口
hú kǒu — 1. to scrape a meager living 2. to get by with difficulty
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
因為
yīn wèi — because; owing to; on account of (HSK 2)
有時
yǒu shí — 1. sometimes 2. now and then (HSK 1)
覺得
jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
qì — 1. gas; air 2. smell 3. weather 4. to make angry; to annoy; to get angry 5. vital energy; qi (HSK 2)
mēn — 1. stuffy 2. shut indoors 3. to smother 4. to cover tightly (HSK 7-9)
所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
chèn — 1. to avail oneself of 2. to take advantage of (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
航船
háng chuán — ship (e.g. providing regular passenger service)
進城
jìn chéng — 1. to go to town 2. to enter a big city (to live or work)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)

不知怎地我们便都笑了起来,是互相的嘲笑和悲哀。他眼睛还是那样,然而奇怪,只这几年,头上却有了白发了,但也许本来就有,我先前没有留心到。他穿著很旧的布马褂,破布鞋,显得很寒素。谈起自己的经历来,他说他后来没有了学费,不能再留学,便回来了。回到故乡之后,又受著轻蔑,排斥,迫害,几乎无地可容。现在是躲在乡下,教著几个小学生糊口。但因为有时觉得很气闷,所以也趁了航船进城来。

He also told me that he had grown fond of drinking now, so the two of us drank together.From then on, every time he came into town he was sure to visit me, and we grew very close.When drunk, we often talked the most hopelessly foolish nonsense, so that even my mother, overhearing us now and then, would laugh.One day I suddenly remembered the old business of the fellow-provincials' meeting in Tokyo, and asked him:

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
告訴
gào sù — to press charges; to file a complaint (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
現在
xiàn zài — now; at present; currently (HSK 1)
ài — 1. to love; to be fond of; to like 2. affection 3. to be inclined (to do sth); to tend to (happen) (HSK 1)
喝酒
hē jiǔ — to drink (alcohol)
於是
yú shì — thereupon; as a result; consequently; thus; hence (HSK 4)
我們
wǒ men — we; us; ourselves; our (HSK 1)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
喝酒
hē jiǔ — to drink (alcohol)
從此
cóng cǐ — 1. from now on 2. since then 3. henceforth (HSK 4)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
měi — 1. each 2. every (HSK 3)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
進城
jìn chéng — 1. to go to town 2. to enter a big city (to live or work)
必定
bì dìng — to be bound to; to be sure to (HSK 7-9)
來訪
lái fǎng — to pay a visit (HSK 7-9)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
非常
fēi cháng — 1. very; really 2. unusual; extraordinary (HSK 1)
相熟
xiāng shú — to be familiar with one another; to know each other well
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
我們
wǒ men — we; us; ourselves; our (HSK 1)
zuì — intoxicated (HSK 5)
hòu — 1. back 2. behind 3. rear 4. afterwards 5. after 6. later 7. post- (HSK 1)
Cháng — surname Chang (HSK 1)
Tán — surname Tan (HSK 3)
xiē — classifier indicating a small amount or small number greater than 1: some, a few, several (HSK 4)
愚不可及
yú bù kě jí — impossibly stupid
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
瘋話
fēng huà — 1. crazy talk 2. ravings 3. nonsense
Lián — surname Lian (HSK 3)
母親
mǔ qīn — mother (HSK 3)
偶然
ǒu rán — 1. incidentally 2. occasional 3. occasionally 4. by chance 5. randomly (HSK 5)
聽到
tīng dào — to hear (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
發笑
fā xiào — 1. to burst out laughing 2. to laugh
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
忽而
hū ér — 1. suddenly 2. now (..., now...)
記起
jì qǐ — 1. to recall 2. to recollect
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
東京
Dōng jīng — 1. Tokyo, capital of Japan 2. Tonkin (northern Vietnam during the French colonial period)
kāi — 1. to open (transitive or intransitive) 2. (of ships, vehicles, troops etc) to start 3. to turn on; to put in operation; to operate; to run 4. to boil 5. to write out (a prescription, check, invoice etc) 6. (directional complement) away; off 7. carat (gold) 8. abbr. for Kelvin, 開爾文 (Kāi ěr wén) 9. abbr. for 開本 (kāi běn), book format (HSK 1)
同鄉
tóng xiāng — person from the same village, town, or province
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
Shí — surname Shi (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
舊事
jiù shì — 1. old affair 2. former matter
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
wèn — to ask; to inquire (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

他又告诉我现在爱喝酒,于是我们便喝酒。从此他每一进城,必定来访我,非常相熟了。我们醉后常谈些愚不可及的疯话,连母亲偶然听到了也发笑。一天我忽而记起在东京开同乡会时的旧事,便问他:

?”"That day, you went out of your way to oppose me, and it seemed deliberate — what was the reason for that, really?"

Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
專門
zhuān mén — 1. specialized; dedicated (to a particular field or purpose) 2. specially; specifically (for a particular purpose) 3. (of institutions, personnel etc) designated or assigned for a specific task; special (HSK 3)
反對
fǎn duì — to oppose; to be against; to object to (HSK 3)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
而且
ér qiě — 1. (not only ...) but also 2. moreover; in addition; furthermore (HSK 2)
故意
gù yì — deliberately; on purpose (HSK 2)
似的
shì de — 1. seems as if 2. rather like 3. Taiwan pr. (sì de) (HSK 4)
究竟
jiū jìng — 1. to go to the bottom of a matter 2. after all 3. when all is said and done 4. (in an interrogative sentence) finally 5. outcome 6. result (HSK 4)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
shén — what
me — variant of 麼 (me)
緣故
yuán gù — 1. reason 2. cause (HSK 6)
ne — 1. (sentence-final particle) used in questions to link back to prior discourse or context ("what about...?", "and...?") 2. (sentence-final particle) indicating that a state or situation still holds 3. (discourse particle) used to mark a slight pause or emphasis in speech (HSK 1)

“那一天你专门反对我,而且故意似的,究竟是什么缘故呢?”

"You still don't know?,——。”I've disliked you all along — and not just me, all of us."

nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
不知
bù zhī — 1. not to know 2. unaware 3. unknowingly 4. fig. not to admit (defeat, hardships, tiredness etc) (HSK 7-9)
dào — 1. road; path (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 股 (gǔ)) 2. (bound form) way; reason; principle 3. (bound form) a skill; an art; a specialization 4. (Daoism) the Way; the Dao 5. to say (introducing a direct quotation, as in a novel) 6. (bound form) to express; to extend (polite words) 7. classifier for long thin things (rivers, cracks, shadows etc), barriers (walls, doors etc), questions (in an exam etc), commands, courses in a meal, steps in a process 8. (old) circuit (administrative division) (HSK 2)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
一向
yī xiàng — 1. a period of time in the recent past 2. (indicating a period of time up to the present) all along; the whole time (HSK 5)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
討厭
tǎo yàn — 1. to dislike 2. to loathe 3. disagreeable 4. troublesome 5. annoying (HSK 5)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
不但
bù dàn — not only (... but also ...) (HSK 2)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
我們
wǒ men — we; us; ourselves; our (HSK 1)

“你还不知道?我一向就讨厌你的,——不但我,我们。”

?”"Did you already know who I was, before that time?"

nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
那時
nà shí — 1. then 2. at that time 3. in those days (HSK 2)
之前
zhī qián — 1. before 2. prior to 3. ago 4. previously 5. beforehand (HSK 4)
早知
zǎo zhī — to know in advance
dào — 1. road; path (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 股 (gǔ)) 2. (bound form) way; reason; principle 3. (bound form) a skill; an art; a specialization 4. (Daoism) the Way; the Dao 5. to say (introducing a direct quotation, as in a novel) 6. (bound form) to express; to extend (polite words) 7. classifier for long thin things (rivers, cracks, shadows etc), barriers (walls, doors etc), questions (in an exam etc), commands, courses in a meal, steps in a process 8. (old) circuit (administrative division) (HSK 2)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
me — variant of 麼 (me)

“你那时之前,早知道我是谁么?”

"Of course I knew.When we arrived at Yokohama, wasn't it Ziying and you who came to meet us??”You looked down on us and shook your head — do you yourself still remember that?"

怎麽
zěn me — variant of 怎麼 (zěn me) (HSK 1)
不知
bù zhī — 1. not to know 2. unaware 3. unknowingly 4. fig. not to admit (defeat, hardships, tiredness etc) (HSK 7-9)
dào — 1. road; path (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 股 (gǔ)) 2. (bound form) way; reason; principle 3. (bound form) a skill; an art; a specialization 4. (Daoism) the Way; the Dao 5. to say (introducing a direct quotation, as in a novel) 6. (bound form) to express; to extend (polite words) 7. classifier for long thin things (rivers, cracks, shadows etc), barriers (walls, doors etc), questions (in an exam etc), commands, courses in a meal, steps in a process 8. (old) circuit (administrative division) (HSK 2)
我們
wǒ men — we; us; ourselves; our (HSK 1)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
橫濱
Héng bīn — Yokohama (city in Japan)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
jiē — 1. to receive 2. to answer (the phone) 3. to meet or welcome sb 4. to connect 5. to catch 6. to join 7. to extend 8. to take one's turn on duty 9. to take over for sb (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
就是
jiù shì — 1. exactly; precisely 2. only; simply; just 3. (used correlatively with 也 (yě)) even; even if (HSK 3)
zǐ — 1. son 2. child 3. seed 4. egg 5. small thing 6. 1st earthly branch: 11 p.m.–1 a.m., midnight, 11th solar month (7th December to 5th January), year of the rat 7. viscount, fourth of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 8. ancient Chinese compass point: 0° (north) 9. subsidiary; subordinate; (prefix) sub-
Yīng — 1. United Kingdom 2. British 3. England 4. English 5. abbr. for 英國 (Yīng guó)
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
me — variant of 麼 (me)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
看不起
kàn bu qǐ — 1. to look down upon 2. to despise (HSK 4)
我們
wǒ men — we; us; ourselves; our (HSK 1)
Yáo — surname Yao (HSK 4)
搖頭
yáo tóu — to shake one's head (HSK 5)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
自己
zì jǐ — oneself; (attributive) one's own (HSK 2)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
記得
jì de — to remember (HSK 1)
me — variant of 麼 (me)

“怎么不知道。我们到横滨,来接的不就是子英和你么?你看不起我们,摇摇头,你自己还记得么?”

I thought about it a little, and I did remember, though it was something from seven or eight years before.At the time, Ziying had come to ask me along, saying we were going to Yokohama to meet fellow-provincials newly arrived to study abroad.As soon as the steamer arrived, I saw a whole crowd of them — probably more than ten people in all — and as soon as they landed they put their luggage at the customs house to wait for inspection; the customs officer rummaged through a clothing trunk and suddenly turned up a pair of embroidered lotus-foot shoes, whereupon he set his official business aside and examined them closely.I felt quite put out, thinking to myself: these damned men, why on earth would they bring a thing like this along?Without noticing it myself, I probably shook my head at that moment.Once the inspection was over, after sitting a while at the inn, we had to board the train.Unexpectedly, this crowd of scholars started up again in the railway carriage, this time deferring over seats — A wanted B to sit here, B wanted C to sit there — and before the bowing and yielding was finished, the train had already started; with one lurch of the carriage, three or four of them immediately fell over.……。I was quite displeased at that too, thinking to myself privately: even over train seats, they have to sort out who ranks higher and who ranks lower…Without noticing it myself, I probably shook my head again.Yet among that crowd of dignified, bowing, yielding figures was none other than Fan Ainong — though I only thought of this on this very day.And not only him — it's shameful to admit, but in that group there was also the martyr Chen Boping, who later died fighting in Anhui, and the martyr Ma Zonghan, who was murdered;and there were one or two others besides who were thrown into a dark prison and did not see daylight again until after the revolution, their bodies forever bearing the scars of savage torture.Yet I had known nothing of any of it, and, shaking my head, had carried them all off to Tokyo together.Although Xu Bosun had crossed on the same ship as they had, he was not on this train, because at Kobe he had already left by carriage with his wife to travel overland.

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
略略
lüè lüè — slightly; roughly; briefly; very generally
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
記得
jì de — to remember (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
雖然
suī rán — although; even though (often used correlatively with 可是 (kě shì) or 但是 (dàn shì) etc) (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
qī — 1. seven 2. 7 (HSK 1)
bā — eight (HSK 1)
年前
nián qián — 1. by the end of the year 2. at the end of the year; shortly before New Year (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shì — 1. matter 2. thing 3. item 4. work 5. affair 6. classifier: 件 (jiàn), 樁 (zhuāng), 回 (huí) (HSK 1)
那時
nà shí — 1. then 2. at that time 3. in those days (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
zǐ — 1. son 2. child 3. seed 4. egg 5. small thing 6. 1st earthly branch: 11 p.m.–1 a.m., midnight, 11th solar month (7th December to 5th January), year of the rat 7. viscount, fourth of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 8. ancient Chinese compass point: 0° (north) 9. subsidiary; subordinate; (prefix) sub-
Yīng — 1. United Kingdom 2. British 3. England 4. English 5. abbr. for 英國 (Yīng guó)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
yāo — to weigh in a balance or on a scale (HSK 3)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
說到
shuō dào — 1. to talk about 2. to mention 3. (preposition) as for
橫濱
Héng bīn — Yokohama (city in Japan)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
jiē — 1. to receive 2. to answer (the phone) 3. to meet or welcome sb 4. to connect 5. to catch 6. to join 7. to extend 8. to take one's turn on duty 9. to take over for sb (HSK 2)
Xīn — 1. abbr. for Xinjiang 新疆 (Xīn jiāng) 2. abbr. for Singapore 新加坡 (Xīn jiā pō) 3. surname Xin (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
留學
liú xué — to study abroad (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
同鄉
tóng xiāng — person from the same village, town, or province
汽船
qì chuán — 1. steamboat 2. steamship
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
看見
kàn jiàn — to see; to catch sight of (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
duī — 1. to pile up 2. to heap up 3. a mass 4. pile 5. heap 6. stack 7. large amount (HSK 5)
大概
dà gài — 1. roughly 2. probably 3. rough 4. approximate 5. about 6. general idea (HSK 3)
一共
yī gòng — in total; altogether (HSK 2)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
shí — 1. ten 2. 10 (HSK 1)
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
上岸
shàng àn — 1. to go ashore; to climb ashore 2. (fig.) to achieve a stable and secure life after a period of struggle (e.g. to get a government job, be admitted to a desirable university, or finally pay off one's debts)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
jiāng — 1. will 2. shall 3. to use 4. to take 5. to checkmate 6. just a short while ago 7. (introduces object of main verb, used in the same way as 把 (bǎ)) (HSK 5)
行李
xíng li — 1. luggage 2. classifier: 件 (jiàn) (HSK 3)
fàng — 1. to put 2. to place 3. to release 4. to free 5. to let go 6. to let out 7. to set off (fireworks) (HSK 1)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
稅關
shuì guān — customs house (in ancient times)
上去
shàng qù — to go up (HSK 3)
hòu — 1. to wait 2. to inquire after 3. to watch 4. season 5. climate 6. (old) period of five days
查檢
chá jiǎn — 1. to check 2. to consult 3. to look up
Guān — surname Guan (HSK 1)
lì — minor government official or functionary (old)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. clothes 2. classifier: 件 (jiàn) 3. Kangxi radical 145
xiāng — 1. box 2. trunk 3. chest (HSK 4)
Zhōng — 1. (bound form) China; Chinese 2. surname Zhong (HSK 1)
fān — 1. to turn over 2. to flip over 3. to overturn 4. to rummage through 5. to translate 6. to decode 7. to double 8. to climb over or into 9. to cross (HSK 4)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
fān — 1. to turn over 2. to flip over 3. to overturn 4. to rummage through 5. to translate 6. to decode 7. to double 8. to climb over or into 9. to cross (HSK 4)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
忽然
hū rán — suddenly; all of a sudden (HSK 2)
fān — 1. to turn over 2. to flip over 3. to overturn 4. to rummage through 5. to translate 6. to decode 7. to double 8. to climb over or into 9. to cross (HSK 4)
chū — 1. to go out; to come out 2. to arise; to occur 3. to produce; to yield 4. to go beyond; to exceed 5. (used after a verb to indicate an outward direction or a positive result) 6. classifier for dramas, plays, operas etc (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Shuāng — surname Shuang (HSK 3)
繡花
xiù huā — 1. to embroider 2. to do embroidery
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Gōng — surname Gong (HSK 7-9)
xié — 1. shoe 2. classifier: 雙 (shuāng), 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
放下
fàng xià — 1. to lay down; to put down 2. to let go of; to relinquish; to set aside 3. to lower (the blinds etc) (HSK 2)
公事
gōng shì — 1. work-related matters 2. documents (HSK 7-9)
ná — 1. to hold 2. to seize 3. to catch 4. to apprehend 5. to take 6. (used in the same way as 把 (bǎ): to mark the following noun as a direct object) (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
子細
zǐ xì — variant of 仔細 (zǐ xì)
de — 1. -ly 2. structural particle: used before a verb or adjective, linking it to preceding modifying adverbial adjunct (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
不滿
bù mǎn — 1. dissatisfied; discontented; resentful 2. (before a number) to be less than (HSK 2)
xīn — 1. heart 2. mind 3. intention 4. center 5. core 6. classifier: 顆 (kē), 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
這些
zhè xiē — these (HSK 1)
diǎo — 1. variant of 屌 (diǎo) 2. penis (HSK 2)
男人
nán rén — 1. a man 2. a male 3. men 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
怎麽
zěn me — variant of 怎麼 (zěn me) (HSK 1)
dài — 1. band 2. belt 3. girdle 4. ribbon 5. tire 6. area 7. zone 8. region 9. classifier: 條 (tiáo) 10. to wear 11. to carry 12. to take along 13. to bear (i.e. to have) 14. to lead 15. to bring 16. to look after 17. to raise (HSK 2)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
東西
dōng xī — east and west (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
ne — 1. (sentence-final particle) used in questions to link back to prior discourse or context ("what about...?", "and...?") 2. (sentence-final particle) indicating that a state or situation still holds 3. (discourse particle) used to mark a slight pause or emphasis in speech (HSK 1)
自己
zì jǐ — oneself; (attributive) one's own (HSK 2)
不注意
bù zhù yì — 1. thoughtless 2. not pay attention to
那時
nà shí — 1. then 2. at that time 3. in those days (HSK 2)
也許
yě xǔ — perhaps; maybe (HSK 2)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
Yáo — surname Yao (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
搖頭
yáo tóu — to shake one's head (HSK 5)
檢驗
jiǎn yàn — 1. to inspect 2. to examine 3. to test (HSK 5)
完畢
wán bì — 1. to finish 2. to end 3. to complete (HSK 7-9)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
客店
kè diàn — 1. small hotel 2. inn
xiǎo — 1. small 2. tiny 3. few 4. young (HSK 1)
Zuò — surname Zuo (HSK 1)
之後
zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)
jí — 1. namely 2. that is 3. i.e. 4. prompt 5. at once 6. at present 7. even if 8. prompted (by the occasion) 9. to approach 10. to come into contact 11. to assume (office) 12. to draw near (HSK 7-9)
xū — 1. must 2. to have to 3. to wait (HSK 7-9)
上火
shàng huǒ — 1. to get angry 2. to suffer from excessive internal heat (TCM) (HSK 7-9)
Chē — surname Che (HSK 1)
不料
bù liào — 1. unexpectedly 2. to one's surprise (HSK 6)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
qún — 1. group 2. crowd 3. flock, herd, pack etc (HSK 3)
讀書人
dú shū rén — scholar; intellectual
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
客車
kè chē — 1. coach 2. bus 3. passenger train (HSK 6)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
ràng — 1. to yield 2. to permit 3. to let sb do sth 4. to have sb do sth 5. to make sb (feel sad etc) 6. by (indicates the agent in a passive clause, like 被 (bèi)) (HSK 2)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
Zuò — surname Zuo (HSK 1)
wèi — 1. position 2. location 3. place 4. seat 5. classifier for people (honorific) 6. classifier for binary bits (e.g. 十六位 16-bit or 2 bytes) 7. (physics) potential (HSK 2)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
jiǎ — 1. first of the ten Heavenly Stems 十天干 (shí tiān gān) 2. (used for an unspecified person or thing) 3. first (in a list, as a party to a contract etc) 4. letter "A" or roman "I" in list "A, B, C", or "I, II, III" etc 5. armor plating 6. shell or carapace 7. (of the fingers or toes) nail 8. bladed leather or metal armor (old) 9. ranking system used in the Imperial examinations (old) 10. civil administration unit in the baojia 保甲 (bǎo jiǎ) system (old) 11. ancient Chinese compass point: 75° (HSK 5)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
yǐ — 1. second of the ten Heavenly Stems 十天干 (shí tiān gān) 2. second in order 3. letter "B" or Roman "II" in list "A, B, C", or "I, II, III" etc 4. second party (in legal contract, usually 乙方 (yǐ fāng), as opposed to 甲方 (jiǎ fāng)) 5. ethyl 6. bent 7. winding 8. radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 5) 9. ancient Chinese compass point: 105° (HSK 5)
Zuò — surname Zuo (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
這位
zhè wèi — this (person)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
yǐ — 1. second of the ten Heavenly Stems 十天干 (shí tiān gān) 2. second in order 3. letter "B" or Roman "II" in list "A, B, C", or "I, II, III" etc 4. second party (in legal contract, usually 乙方 (yǐ fāng), as opposed to 甲方 (jiǎ fāng)) 5. ethyl 6. bent 7. winding 8. radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 5) 9. ancient Chinese compass point: 105° (HSK 5)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
bǐng — 1. third of the ten Heavenly Stems 十天干 (shí tiān gān) 2. third in order 3. letter "C" or Roman "III" in list "A, B, C", or "I, II, III" etc 4. ancient Chinese compass point: 165° 5. propyl (HSK 7-9)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
Zuò — surname Zuo (HSK 1)
yī — to greet by raising clasped hands
ràng — 1. to yield 2. to permit 3. to let sb do sth 4. to have sb do sth 5. to make sb (feel sad etc) 6. by (indicates the agent in a passive clause, like 被 (bèi)) (HSK 2)
wèi — 1. not yet 2. did not 3. have not 4. not 5. 8th earthly branch: 1-3 p.m., 6th solar month (7th July-6th August), year of the Sheep 6. ancient Chinese compass point: 210° (HSK 7-9)
zhōng — 1. end 2. finish
火車
huǒ chē — 1. train 2. classifier: 列 (liè), 節 (jié), 班 (bān), 趟 (tàng) (HSK 1)
yǐ — 1. already 2. to stop 3. then 4. afterwards (HSK 3)
kāi — 1. to open (transitive or intransitive) 2. (of ships, vehicles, troops etc) to start 3. to turn on; to put in operation; to operate; to run 4. to boil 5. to write out (a prescription, check, invoice etc) 6. (directional complement) away; off 7. carat (gold) 8. abbr. for Kelvin, 開爾文 (Kāi ěr wén) 9. abbr. for 開本 (kāi běn), book format (HSK 1)
車身
chē shēn — the body of a vehicle; (bicycle) frame
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Yáo — surname Yao (HSK 4)
即刻
jí kè — 1. immediately 2. instant 3. instantly
跌倒
diē dǎo — 1. to tumble 2. to fall 3. fig. to suffer a reverse (in politics or business)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Sān — surname San (HSK 1)
sì — 1. four 2. 4 (HSK 1)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
那時
nà shí — 1. then 2. at that time 3. in those days (HSK 2)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
不滿
bù mǎn — 1. dissatisfied; discontented; resentful 2. (before a number) to be less than (HSK 2)
暗地
àn dì — secretly; inwardly; on the sly
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
Lián — surname Lian (HSK 3)
火車
huǒ chē — 1. train 2. classifier: 列 (liè), 節 (jié), 班 (bān), 趟 (tàng) (HSK 1)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Zuò — surname Zuo (HSK 1)
wèi — 1. position 2. location 3. place 4. seat 5. classifier for people (honorific) 6. classifier for binary bits (e.g. 十六位 16-bit or 2 bytes) 7. (physics) potential (HSK 2)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
fēn — 1. to divide; to separate 2. to distribute; to allocate 3. to distinguish (good and bad) 4. (bound form) branch of (an organization); sub- (as in 分局 (fēn jú)) 5. fraction 6. one tenth (of certain units) 7. unit of length equivalent to 0.33 cm 8. minute (unit of time) 9. minute (angular measurement unit) 10. a point (in sports or games) 11. 0.01 yuan (unit of money) (HSK 1)
chū — 1. to go out; to come out 2. to arise; to occur 3. to produce; to yield 4. to go beyond; to exceed 5. (used after a verb to indicate an outward direction or a positive result) 6. classifier for dramas, plays, operas etc (HSK 1)
尊卑
zūn bēi — 1. superior and subordinate 2. social ranking
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
自己
zì jǐ — oneself; (attributive) one's own (HSK 2)
不注意
bù zhù yì — 1. thoughtless 2. not pay attention to
也許
yě xǔ — perhaps; maybe (HSK 2)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
Yáo — surname Yao (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
搖頭
yáo tóu — to shake one's head (HSK 5)
然而
rán ér — however; but; yet (HSK 4)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
qún — 1. group 2. crowd 3. flock, herd, pack etc (HSK 3)
雍容
yōng róng — 1. natural 2. graceful 3. and poised
yī — to greet by raising clasped hands
ràng — 1. to yield 2. to permit 3. to let sb do sth 4. to have sb do sth 5. to make sb (feel sad etc) 6. by (indicates the agent in a passive clause, like 被 (bèi)) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
人物
rén wù — 1. person; personage; figure (esp. sb of importance) 2. character (in a play, novel etc) 3. (genre of traditional Chinese painting) figure painting (HSK 5)
Zhōng — 1. (bound form) China; Chinese 2. surname Zhong (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
Fàn — surname Fan
ài — 1. to love; to be fond of; to like 2. affection 3. to be inclined (to do sth); to tend to (happen) (HSK 1)
Nóng — surname Nong
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
直到
zhí dào — until (HSK 3)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
天才
tiān cái — 1. talent 2. gift 3. genius 4. talented 5. gifted (HSK 5)
想到
xiǎng dào — 1. to think of 2. to call to mind 3. to anticipate (HSK 2)
kǎi — 1. old variant of 愷 (kǎi) 2. old variant of 凱 (kǎi)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
ne — 1. (sentence-final particle) used in questions to link back to prior discourse or context ("what about...?", "and...?") 2. (sentence-final particle) indicating that a state or situation still holds 3. (discourse particle) used to mark a slight pause or emphasis in speech (HSK 1)
說起
shuō qǐ — 1. to mention 2. to bring up (a subject) 3. with regard to 4. as for
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
慚愧
cán kuì — ashamed (HSK 7-9)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
qún — 1. group 2. crowd 3. flock, herd, pack etc (HSK 3)
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
還有
hái yǒu — 1. there still remain(s); there is (or are) still 2. in addition (HSK 1)
後來
hòu lái — 1. afterwards; later 2. newly arrived (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
安徽
Ān huī — see 安徽省 (Ān huī Shěng)
戰死
zhàn sǐ — to die in combat
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Chén — 1. surname Chen 2. Chen (c. 1045 – 479 BC), a Zhou dynasty state 3. Chen (557–589), one of the Southern Dynasties 南朝 (Nán Cháo)
bà — variant of 霸 (bà)
Píng — surname Ping (HSK 2)
烈士
liè shì — martyr (HSK 7-9)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
hài — 1. to do harm to 2. to cause trouble to 3. harm 4. evil 5. calamity (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Mǎ — 1. surname Ma 2. abbr. for Malaysia 馬來西亞 (Mǎ lái xī yà) (HSK 3)
Zōng — surname Zong (HSK 7-9)
Hàn — 1. Han ethnic group 2. Chinese (language) 3. the Han dynasty (206 BC-220 AD)
烈士
liè shì — martyr (HSK 7-9)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
qiú — prisoner
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
Hēi — short name for Heilongjiang 黑龍江 (Hēi lóng jiāng) (HSK 2)
yù — prison
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
革命
gé mìng — 1. to withdraw the mandate of heaven (and transition to a new dynasty) (original meaning) 2. revolution 3. revolutionary 4. to revolt (against sb or sth) 5. to revolutionize (sth) 6. (separable verb sometimes used in the pattern 革noun的命) 7. classifier: 次 (cì) (HSK 7-9)
hòu — 1. back 2. behind 3. rear 4. afterwards 5. after 6. later 7. post- (HSK 1)
cái — 1. ability; talent 2. sb of a certain type 3. a capable individual 4. then and only then 5. just now 6. (before an expression of quantity) only 7. (emphatic, esp. in contrast or correction) really; actually (HSK 2)
見天
jiàn tiān — (coll.) every day
rì — 1. (bound form) sun 2. day 3. day of the month 4. (bound form) Japan (abbr. for 日本 (Rì běn)) 5. (vulgar) to fuck; to have sex with (HSK 1)
ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)
身上
shēn shang — 1. on the body 2. at hand 3. among (HSK 1)
yǒng — 1. forever 2. always 3. perpetual
dài — 1. band 2. belt 3. girdle 4. ribbon 5. tire 6. area 7. zone 8. region 9. classifier: 條 (tiáo) 10. to wear 11. to carry 12. to take along 13. to bear (i.e. to have) 14. to lead 15. to bring 16. to look after 17. to raise (HSK 2)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
fěi — 1. bandit 2. (literary) not
Xíng — surname Xing
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
傷痕
shāng hén — 1. scar 2. bruise (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
還有
hái yǒu — 1. there still remain(s); there is (or are) still 2. in addition (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
máng — 1. vast, with no clear boundary 2. fig. hazy 3. indistinct 4. unclear 5. confused
mó — used in 南無 (nā mó) (HSK 4)
所知
suǒ zhī — 1. known 2. what one knows
Yáo — surname Yao (HSK 4)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
tóu — 1. head 2. hair style 3. the top 4. end 5. beginning or end 6. a stub 7. remnant 8. chief 9. boss 10. side 11. aspect 12. first 13. leading 14. classifier for pigs or livestock 15. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
jiāng — 1. will 2. shall 3. to use 4. to take 5. to checkmate 6. just a short while ago 7. (introduces object of main verb, used in the same way as 把 (bǎ)) (HSK 5)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
一併
yī bìng — to lump together; to treat along with all the others
yùn — 1. to move 2. to transport 3. to use 4. to apply 5. fortune 6. luck 7. fate (HSK 5)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
東京
Dōng jīng — 1. Tokyo, capital of Japan 2. Tonkin (northern Vietnam during the French colonial period)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Xú — surname Xu
bà — variant of 霸 (bà)
sūn — fragrant grass
雖然
suī rán — although; even though (often used correlatively with 可是 (kě shì) or 但是 (dàn shì) etc) (HSK 2)
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
tóng — 1. like 2. same 3. similar 4. together 5. alike 6. with (HSK 6)
chuán — 1. boat 2. vessel 3. ship 4. classifier: 條 (tiáo), 艘 (sōu), 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
不在
bù zài — 1. not to be present 2. to be out 3. (euphemism) to pass away 4. to be deceased
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
Chē — surname Che (HSK 1)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
因為
yīn wèi — because; owing to; on account of (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
神戶
Shén hù — Kobe, city in Japan
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
夫人
fū ren — 1. lady 2. madam 3. Mrs. 4. classifier: 位 (wèi) (HSK 4)
坐車
zuò chē — to take the car, bus, train etc
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
陸路
lù lù — 1. land route 2. overland route
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

我略略一想,记得的,虽然是七八年前的事。那时是子英来约我的,说到横滨去接新来留学的同乡。汽船一到,看见一大堆,大概一共有十多人,一上岸便将行李放到税关上去候查检,关吏在衣箱中翻来翻去,忽然翻出一双绣花的弓鞋来,便放下公事,拿著子细地看。我很不满,心里想,这些鸟男人,怎么带这东西来呢。自己不注意,那时也许就摇了摇头。检验完毕,在客店小坐之后,即须上火车。不料这一群读书人又在客车上让起坐位来了,甲要乙坐在这位上,乙要丙去坐,揖让未终,火车已开,车身一摇,即刻跌倒了三四个。我那时也很不满,暗地里想:连火车上的坐位,他们也要分出尊卑来……。自己不注意,也许又摇了摇头。然而那群雍容揖让的人物中就有范爱农,却直到这一天才想到。岂但他呢,说起来也惭愧,这一群里,还有后来在安徽战死的陈伯平烈士,被害的马宗汉烈士;被囚在黑狱里,到革命后才见天日而身上永带著匪刑的伤痕的也还有一两人。而我都茫无所知,摇著头将他们一并运上东京了。徐伯荪虽然和他们同船来,却不在这车上,因为他在神户就和他的夫人坐车走了陆路了。

I think I must have shaken my head about twice on that occasion; I don't know which of the two times it was that they saw.Since the seat-yielding was noisy while the customs inspection was quiet, it must have been the time at the customs house — I asked Ainong to check, and indeed it was.

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
那時
nà shí — 1. then 2. at that time 3. in those days (HSK 2)
搖頭
yáo tóu — to shake one's head (HSK 5)
大約
dà yuē — 1. approximately 2. probably (HSK 3)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
看見
kàn jiàn — to see; to catch sight of (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
不知
bù zhī — 1. not to know 2. unaware 3. unknowingly 4. fig. not to admit (defeat, hardships, tiredness etc) (HSK 7-9)
dào — 1. road; path (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 股 (gǔ)) 2. (bound form) way; reason; principle 3. (bound form) a skill; an art; a specialization 4. (Daoism) the Way; the Dao 5. to say (introducing a direct quotation, as in a novel) 6. (bound form) to express; to extend (polite words) 7. classifier for long thin things (rivers, cracks, shadows etc), barriers (walls, doors etc), questions (in an exam etc), commands, courses in a meal, steps in a process 8. (old) circuit (administrative division) (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
讓坐
ràng zuò — variant of 讓座 (ràng zuò)
Shí — surname Shi (HSK 3)
喧鬧
xuān nào — 1. to make a noise 2. noisy (HSK 7-9)
檢查
jiǎn chá — 1. inspection 2. to examine 3. to inspect 4. classifier: 次 (cì) (HSK 2)
Shí — surname Shi (HSK 3)
幽靜
yōu jìng — 1. quiet 2. secluded 3. isolated 4. peaceful
一定
yī dìng — 1. surely; certainly; definitely 2. fixed; settled 3. a certain ...; a given ... (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
稅關
shuì guān — customs house (in ancient times)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
試問
shì wèn — 1. I would like to ask (usually used rhetorically) 2. one might well ask
ài — 1. to love; to be fond of; to like 2. affection 3. to be inclined (to do sth); to tend to (happen) (HSK 1)
Nóng — surname Nong
果然
guǒ rán — 1. really 2. sure enough 3. as expected 4. if indeed (HSK 3)
是的
shì de — 1. yes, that's right 2. variant of 似的 (shì de)

我想我那时摇头大约有两回,他们看见的不知道是那一回。让坐时喧闹,检查时幽静,一定是在税关上的那一回了,试问爱农,果然是的。

"I really don't understand what you people brought that thing for.?”Whose was it?"

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
zhēn — 1. really 2. truly 3. indeed 4. real 5. true 6. genuine (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
dǒng — 1. to understand 2. to comprehend (HSK 2)
你們
nǐ men — you (plural) (HSK 1)
dài — 1. band 2. belt 3. girdle 4. ribbon 5. tire 6. area 7. zone 8. region 9. classifier: 條 (tiáo) 10. to wear 11. to carry 12. to take along 13. to bear (i.e. to have) 14. to lead 15. to bring 16. to look after 17. to raise (HSK 2)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
東西
dōng xī — east and west (HSK 1)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
shén — what
me — variant of 麼 (me)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

“我真不懂你们带这东西做什么?是谁的?”

?”"Whose else but our teacher's wife's?" he said, glaring at me with those eyes of his that showed so much white.

Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
不是
bù shì — 1. no 2. is not 3. not
我們
wǒ men — we; us; ourselves; our (HSK 1)
師母
shī mǔ — term of respect for a teacher's wife
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
dèng — 1. to open (one's eyes) wide 2. to stare at 3. to glare at (HSK 7-9)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
Bái — 1. surname Bai 2. Bai ethnic group (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yǎn — 1. eye (classifier: 隻 (zhī), 雙 (shuāng)) 2. (often used with 一 (yī)) a look; a glance 3. small hole 4. (bound form) salient point 5. classifier for wells, cave-dwellings etc (HSK 2)

“还不是我们师母的?”他瞪著他多白的眼。

?”"Once she got to Tokyo she was going to pretend to have big feet — so why bring that thing along at all?"

dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
東京
Dōng jīng — 1. Tokyo, capital of Japan 2. Tonkin (northern Vietnam during the French colonial period)
就要
jiù yào — 1. will 2. shall 3. to be going to (HSK 2)
假裝
jiǎ zhuāng — 1. to feign 2. to pretend (HSK 7-9)
大腳
dà jiǎo — 1. naturally-formed feet (as opposed to bound feet 小腳 (xiǎo jiǎo)) 2. long kick (soccer) 3. Bigfoot (mythological animal)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
何必
hé bì — 1. there is no need 2. why should (HSK 7-9)
dài — 1. band 2. belt 3. girdle 4. ribbon 5. tire 6. area 7. zone 8. region 9. classifier: 條 (tiáo) 10. to wear 11. to carry 12. to take along 13. to bear (i.e. to have) 14. to lead 15. to bring 16. to look after 17. to raise (HSK 2)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
東西
dōng xī — east and west (HSK 1)
ne — 1. (sentence-final particle) used in questions to link back to prior discourse or context ("what about...?", "and...?") 2. (sentence-final particle) indicating that a state or situation still holds 3. (discourse particle) used to mark a slight pause or emphasis in speech (HSK 1)

“到东京就要假装大脚,又何必带这东西呢?”

"Who knows?。”Go and ask her yourself."

誰知道
shéi zhī dào — 1. God knows... 2. Who would have imagined...? (HSK 7-9)
ne — 1. (sentence-final particle) used in questions to link back to prior discourse or context ("what about...?", "and...?") 2. (sentence-final particle) indicating that a state or situation still holds 3. (discourse particle) used to mark a slight pause or emphasis in speech (HSK 1)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
wèn — to ask; to inquire (HSK 1)
tā — she (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)

“谁知道呢?你问她去。”

By early winter, our circumstances had grown even more straitened, yet we still drank and joked.Then suddenly came the Wuchang Uprising, followed by the liberation of Shaoxing.The very next day Ainong came into town, wearing the felt hat that peasants commonly used, with a smile on his face the like of which I had never seen before.

dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
dōng — winter
chū — 1. (bound form) at first; initially 2. (bound form) first; early 3. (bound form) (in lunar calendar dates, before numerals 1–10) days 1 to 10 of a month, as in 初三 (chū sān) "the third" (HSK 3)
我們
wǒ men — we; us; ourselves; our (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
景況
jǐng kuàng — circumstances
gēng — 1. to change or replace 2. to experience 3. one of the five two-hour periods into which the night was formerly divided 4. watch (e.g. of a sentry or guard) (HSK 2)
拮据
jié jū — hard pressed for money; in financial straits
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
然而
rán ér — however; but; yet (HSK 4)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
喝酒
hē jiǔ — to drink (alcohol)
jiǎng — 1. to speak 2. to explain 3. to negotiate 4. to emphasize 5. to be particular about 6. as far as sth is concerned 7. speech 8. lecture (HSK 2)
笑話
xiào hua — 1. joke; jest 2. to laugh at; to mock 3. ridiculous; absurd (HSK 2)
忽然
hū rán — suddenly; all of a sudden (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
武昌起義
Wǔ chāng Qǐ yì — Wuchang Uprising of October 10th, 1911, which led to Sun Yat-sen's Xinhai Revolution and the fall of the Qing dynasty
接著
jiē zhe — 1. to catch and hold on 2. to continue 3. to go on to do sth 4. to follow 5. to carry on 6. then 7. after that 8. subsequently 9. to proceed 10. to ensue 11. in turn 12. in one's turn (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
紹興
Shào xīng — see 紹興市 (Shào xīng Shì)
光復
guāng fù — 1. to recover (territory or power) 2. the liberation of Taiwan from Japanese rule in 1945
第二天
dì èr tiān — 1. next day 2. the morrow
ài — 1. to love; to be fond of; to like 2. affection 3. to be inclined (to do sth); to tend to (happen) (HSK 1)
Nóng — surname Nong
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
上城
Shàng chéng — see 上城區 (Shàng chéng Qū)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
Dài — surname Dai (HSK 4)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
農夫
nóng fū — 1. peasant 2. farmer
常用
cháng yòng — in common usage (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zhān — felt (fabric)
mào — 1. hat 2. cap
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
笑容
xiào róng — 1. smile 2. smiling expression 3. classifier: 副 (fù) (HSK 6)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
從來沒有
cóng lái méi yǒu — 1. there has never been; has never had 2. (before a verb) has never
jiàn — 1. to see 2. to meet 3. to appear (to be sth) 4. to interview 5. opinion 6. view (HSK 1)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

到冬初,我们的景况更拮据了,然而还喝酒,讲笑话。忽然是武昌起义,接著是绍兴光复。第二天爱农就上城来,戴著农夫常用的毡帽,那笑容是从来没有见过的。

"Old Xun, we're not drinking today.I want to go and see Shaoxing now that it's liberated.。”Let's go together."

lǎo — 1. prefix used before the surname of a person or a numeral indicating the order of birth of the children in a family or to indicate affection or familiarity 2. old (of people) 3. venerable (person) 4. experienced 5. of long standing 6. always 7. all the time 8. of the past 9. very 10. outdated 11. (of meat etc) tough (HSK 1)
xùn — 1. rapid 2. fast
我們
wǒ men — we; us; ourselves; our (HSK 1)
今天
jīn tiān — 1. today 2. the present time; now (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
喝酒
hē jiǔ — to drink (alcohol)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
看看
kàn kan — 1. to take a look at 2. to examine 3. to survey 4. (coll.) pretty soon
光復
guāng fù — 1. to recover (territory or power) 2. the liberation of Taiwan from Japanese rule in 1945
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
紹興
Shào xīng — see 紹興市 (Shào xīng Shì)
我們
wǒ men — we; us; ourselves; our (HSK 1)
tóng — 1. like 2. same 3. similar 4. together 5. alike 6. with (HSK 6)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)

“老迅,我们今天不喝酒了。我要去看看光复的绍兴。我们同去。”

So we went out and walked around the streets for a while; everywhere we looked were white flags.……。Yet, though the surface looked like that, underneath the bones were still the same as before, for the military government was still organized by a handful of the old local gentry — some railway shareholder was made head of civil administration, some money-shop proprietor was made head of ordnance…In the end this military government did not last long either; a few young men raised an outcry, and Wang Jinfa led troops in from Hangzhou — though even without the outcry, he probably would have come anyway.After he came in, he too was soon surrounded by a crowd of idlers and newly-arrived revolutionaries, and set about grandly playing the role of Military Governor Wang.Among the figures in the yamen, those who had come in wearing cotton clothes had, within ten days or so, mostly changed into fur robes, even though the weather was not yet cold.

我們
wǒ men — we; us; ourselves; our (HSK 1)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
街上
jiē shang — 1. on the street 2. in town
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
tōng — 1. to go through 2. to know well 3. (suffix) expert 4. to connect 5. to communicate 6. open 7. to clear 8. classifier for letters, telegrams, phone calls etc (HSK 2)
滿眼
mǎn yǎn — 1. (of tears etc) filling the eyes 2. (of scenery etc) filling one's field of view
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
白旗
bái qí — white flag
然而
rán ér — however; but; yet (HSK 4)
mào — (bound form) appearance; looks; outward form
suī — 1. although 2. even though (HSK 6)
如此
rú cǐ — like this; so; such (HSK 5)
nèi — 1. inside 2. inner 3. internal 4. within 5. interior (HSK 3)
骨子
gǔ zi — 1. ribs 2. frame
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
依舊
yī jiù — 1. as before; still 2. to remain the same (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
因為
yīn wèi — because; owing to; on account of (HSK 2)
還是
hái shi — 1. still (as before) 2. had better 3. unexpectedly 4. or (HSK 1)
幾個
jǐ ge — 1. a few 2. several 3. how many
jiù — 1. old 2. opposite: new 新 3. former 4. worn (with age) (HSK 3)
鄉紳
xiāng shēn — 1. a scholar or government official living in one's village 2. a village gentleman 3. squire
suǒ — 1. actually 2. place 3. classifier for houses, small buildings, institutions etc 4. that which 5. particle introducing a relative clause or passive 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
組織
zǔ zhī — 1. to organize 2. organization 3. (biology) tissue 4. (textiles) weave 5. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
軍政府
jūn zhèng fǔ — military government
shén — what
me — variant of 麼 (me)
鐵路
tiě lù — 1. railroad 2. railway 3. classifier: 條 (tiáo) (HSK 3)
股東
gǔ dōng — 1. shareholder 2. stockholder (HSK 6)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
行政
xíng zhèng — 1. administration 2. (attributive) administrative; executive (HSK 7-9)
司長
sī zhǎng — bureau chief (HSK 6)
Qián — surname Qian (HSK 1)
diàn — 1. inn; old-style hotel (classifier: 家 (jiā)) 2. (bound form) shop; store (HSK 2)
掌櫃
zhǎng guì — shopkeeper
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
jūn — 1. (bound form) army 2. military
xiè — 1. appliance 2. tool 3. weapon 4. shackles 5. also pr. (jiè)
司長
sī zhǎng — bureau chief (HSK 6)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
軍政府
jūn zhèng fǔ — military government
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
到底
dào dǐ — 1. finally 2. in the end 3. when all is said and done 4. after all 5. to the end 6. to the last (HSK 3)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
長久
cháng jiǔ — 1. long-time; long-term 2. lasting; enduring; permanent 3. for a long time (HSK 6)
幾個
jǐ ge — 1. a few 2. several 3. how many
少年
shào nián — 1. early youth 2. youngster 3. (literary) youth; young man (HSK 2)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
rǎng — 1. to shout 2. to bellow 3. to make a big deal of sth 4. to make a fuss about sth (HSK 7-9)
Wáng — surname Wang (HSK 4)
Jīn — 1. surname Jin 2. surname Kim (Korean) 3. Jurchen Jin dynasty (1115–1234) (HSK 3)
fā — 1. to send out 2. to show (one's feeling) 3. to issue 4. to develop 5. to make a bundle of money 6. classifier for gunshots (rounds) (HSK 2)
帶兵
dài bīng — to lead troops
Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)
杭州
Háng zhōu — see 杭州市 (Háng zhōu Shì)
進來
jìn lái — to come in (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
即使
jí shǐ — even if; even though (HSK 5)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
rǎng — 1. to shout 2. to bellow 3. to make a big deal of sth 4. to make a fuss about sth (HSK 7-9)
或者
huò zhě — 1. or 2. possibly; maybe; perhaps (HSK 2)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
進來
jìn lái — to come in (HSK 1)
以後
yǐ hòu — 1. after 2. later 3. afterwards 4. following 5. later on 6. in the future (HSK 2)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
許多
xǔ duō — 1. many 2. a lot of 3. much (HSK 2)
xián — 1. enclosure 2. (variant of 閒 (xián)) idle 3. unoccupied 4. leisure (HSK 5)
Hàn — 1. Han ethnic group 2. Chinese (language) 3. the Han dynasty (206 BC-220 AD)
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
Xīn — 1. abbr. for Xinjiang 新疆 (Xīn jiāng) 2. abbr. for Singapore 新加坡 (Xīn jiā pō) 3. surname Xin (HSK 1)
jìn — 1. to go forward 2. to advance 3. to go in 4. to enter 5. to put in 6. to submit 7. to take in 8. to admit 9. (math.) base of a number system 10. classifier for sections in a building or residential compound (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
革命
gé mìng — 1. to withdraw the mandate of heaven (and transition to a new dynasty) (original meaning) 2. revolution 3. revolutionary 4. to revolt (against sb or sth) 5. to revolutionize (sth) 6. (separable verb sometimes used in the pattern 革noun的命) 7. classifier: 次 (cì) (HSK 7-9)
Dǎng — surname Dang (HSK 6)
suǒ — 1. actually 2. place 3. classifier for houses, small buildings, institutions etc 4. that which 5. particle introducing a relative clause or passive 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
包圍
bāo wéi — to surround; to encircle; to hem in (HSK 5)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
Wáng — surname Wang (HSK 4)
都督
dū dū — 1. (army) commander-in-chief (archaic) 2. provincial military governor and civil administrator during the early Republic of China era (1911-1949 AD)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
衙門
yá men — yamen, government office in dynastic China
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
人物
rén wù — 1. person; personage; figure (esp. sb of importance) 2. character (in a play, novel etc) 3. (genre of traditional Chinese painting) figure painting (HSK 5)
穿
chuān — 1. to bore through; to pierce; to perforate 2. to go through (e.g. a tunnel); to cross (e.g. a street) 3. to thread; to string together 4. to wear; to put on (clothes, shoes etc.) 5. verb complement indicating thoroughness or completion (HSK 1)
布衣
bù yī — 1. plain cotton clothing 2. (literary) the common people
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
shí — 1. ten 2. 10 (HSK 1)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
大概
dà gài — 1. roughly 2. probably 3. rough 4. approximate 5. about 6. general idea (HSK 3)
huàn — 1. to exchange 2. to change (clothes etc) 3. to substitute 4. to switch 5. to convert (currency) (HSK 2)
上皮
shàng pí — (anatomy) epithelium; epithelial tissue
袍子
páo zi — Chinese-style gown
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
天氣
tiān qì — weather (HSK 1)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
並不
bìng bù — not at all; by no means
Lěng — surname Leng (HSK 1)

我们便到街上去走了一通,满眼是白旗。然而貌虽如此,内骨子是依旧的,因为还是几个旧乡绅所组织的军政府,什么铁路股东是行政司长,钱店掌柜是军械司长……。这军政府也到底不长久,几个少年一嚷,王金发带兵从杭州进来了,但即使不嚷或者也会来。他进来以后,也就被许多闲汉和新进的革命党所包围,大做王都督。在衙门里的人物,穿布衣来的,不上十天也大概换上皮袍子了,天气还并不冷。

I was set down beside the rice bowl of principal of the normal school, and Governor Wang gave me two hundred yuan in school funds.Ainong served as the supervisor of studies, still wearing that same cotton gown, but he no longer drank much, and had little time left over for idle chat.He handled administrative work and taught classes besides, and was truly diligent to a remarkable degree.

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
bǎi — 1. to arrange 2. to exhibit 3. to move to and fro 4. a pendulum (HSK 4)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
師範
shī fàn — 1. teacher-training 2. pedagogical 3. normal (school, e.g. Beijing Normal University) (HSK 7-9)
學校
xué xiào — 1. school 2. classifier: 所 (suǒ) (HSK 1)
校長
xiào zhǎng — 1. (college, university) president 2. headmaster 3. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
飯碗
fàn wǎn — 1. rice bowl 2. fig. livelihood 3. job 4. way of making a living (HSK 7-9)
旁邊
páng biān — side; adjacent place (HSK 1)
Wáng — surname Wang (HSK 4)
都督
dū dū — 1. (army) commander-in-chief (archaic) 2. provincial military governor and civil administrator during the early Republic of China era (1911-1949 AD)
gěi — 1. to 2. for 3. for the benefit of 4. to give 5. to allow 6. to do sth (for sb) 7. (grammatical equivalent of 被) 8. (grammatical equivalent of 把) 9. (sentence intensifier) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
jiào — to check; to collate; to proofread
kuǎn — 1. section 2. paragraph 3. funds 4. classifier: 筆 (bǐ), 個 (gè) 5. classifier for versions or models (of a product)
èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)
Bǎi — surname Bai (HSK 1)
Yuán — 1. surname Yuan 2. Yuan dynasty (1279–1368) (HSK 1)
ài — 1. to love; to be fond of; to like 2. affection 3. to be inclined (to do sth); to tend to (happen) (HSK 1)
Nóng — surname Nong
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
監學
jiān xué — school official responsible for supervising the students (old)
還是
hái shi — 1. still (as before) 2. had better 3. unexpectedly 4. or (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
jiàn — 1. item 2. component 3. classifier for events, things, clothes etc (HSK 2)
bù — 1. cloth 2. to declare 3. to announce 4. to spread 5. to make known (HSK 3)
袍子
páo zi — Chinese-style gown
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
不大
bù dà — 1. not very (clear, far away etc); not too 2. not often; infrequently (HSK 1)
喝酒
hē jiǔ — to drink (alcohol)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
少有
shǎo yǒu — 1. rare 2. infrequent (HSK 7-9)
工夫
gōng fū — (old) laborer (HSK 3)
Tán — surname Tan (HSK 3)
xián — 1. enclosure 2. (variant of 閒 (xián)) idle 3. unoccupied 4. leisure (HSK 5)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
辦事
bàn shì — 1. to handle (affairs) 2. to work (HSK 4)
jiān — 1. double 2. twice 3. simultaneous 4. holding two or more (official) posts at the same time (HSK 7-9)
教書
jiāo shū — to work as a teacher; to teach (in a school)
實在
shí zài — 1. really 2. actually 3. indeed 4. true 5. real 6. honest 7. dependable 8. (philosophy) reality (HSK 2)
勤快
qín kuài — diligent; hardworking (HSK 7-9)
得可以
de kě yǐ — (coll.) (stative verb suffix) very; awfully

我被摆在师范学校校长的饭碗旁边,王都督给了我校款二百元。爱农做监学,还是那件布袍子,但不大喝酒了,也很少有工夫谈闲天。他办事,兼教书,实在勤快得可以。

。”,“"Things still aren't right — Wang Jinfa and his lot." A young man who had attended my lectures the year before came to visit me and said, with great fervor, "We want to start a newspaper to keep watch over them.Only, the sponsors need to borrow your name, sir.There's also Mr. Ziying, and Mr. Deqing.。”For the sake of society, we know you would never refuse."

情形
qíng xing — circumstances; situation; state of affairs (HSK 5)
還是
hái shi — 1. still (as before) 2. had better 3. unexpectedly 4. or (HSK 1)
不行
bù xíng — 1. won't do 2. be out of the question 3. be no good 4. not work 5. not be capable (HSK 2)
Wáng — surname Wang (HSK 4)
Jīn — 1. surname Jin 2. surname Kim (Korean) 3. Jurchen Jin dynasty (1115–1234) (HSK 3)
fā — 1. to send out 2. to show (one's feeling) 3. to issue 4. to develop 5. to make a bundle of money 6. classifier for gunshots (rounds) (HSK 2)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
去年
qù nián — last year (HSK 1)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
講義
jiǎng yì — teaching materials
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
少年
shào nián — 1. early youth 2. youngster 3. (literary) youth; young man (HSK 2)
來訪
lái fǎng — to pay a visit (HSK 7-9)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
慷慨
kāng kǎi — 1. vehement; fervent 2. generous; magnanimous (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. -ly 2. structural particle: used before a verb or adjective, linking it to preceding modifying adverbial adjunct (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
我們
wǒ men — we; us; ourselves; our (HSK 1)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
bàn — 1. to take care of (a matter); to deal with (a task, procedure etc); to organize (an event) 2. to establish; to set up; to manage; to run (an enterprise) 3. (law) to handle; to investigate; to prosecute (a case or suspect) 4. (bound form) office (as in 招辦 (zhāo bàn), admissions office) (abbr. for 辦公室 (bàn gōng shì)) (HSK 2)
一種
yī zhǒng — one kind of; one type of
bào — 1. to report; to inform; to announce 2. to respond; to reply 3. to sign up for; to register for (abbr. for 報名 (bào míng)) 4. to reward; to recompense 5. to take revenge; to retaliate 6. newspaper 7. periodical; journal 8. bulletin 9. telegram (HSK 3)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
監督
jiān dū — to supervise; to oversee; to inspect (HSK 6)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
不過
bù guò — 1. only 2. merely 3. no more than 4. but 5. however 6. anyway (to get back to a previous topic) 7. cannot be more (after adjectival) (HSK 2)
發起人
fā qǐ rén — 1. proposer 2. initiator 3. founding member (HSK 7-9)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
借用
jiè yòng — 1. to borrow sth for another use 2. to borrow an idea for one's own use (HSK 7-9)
先生
xiān sheng — 1. teacher 2. gentleman; sir; mister (Mr.) 3. husband 4. (dialect) doctor 5. classifier: 位 (wèi) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
名字
míng zi — name (of a person or thing) (HSK 1)
還有
hái yǒu — 1. there still remain(s); there is (or are) still 2. in addition (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
zǐ — 1. son 2. child 3. seed 4. egg 5. small thing 6. 1st earthly branch: 11 p.m.–1 a.m., midnight, 11th solar month (7th December to 5th January), year of the rat 7. viscount, fourth of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 8. ancient Chinese compass point: 0° (north) 9. subsidiary; subordinate; (prefix) sub-
Yīng — 1. United Kingdom 2. British 3. England 4. English 5. abbr. for 英國 (Yīng guó)
先生
xiān sheng — 1. teacher 2. gentleman; sir; mister (Mr.) 3. husband 4. (dialect) doctor 5. classifier: 位 (wèi) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
德清
Dé qīng — see 德清縣 (Dé qīng Xiàn)
先生
xiān sheng — 1. teacher 2. gentleman; sir; mister (Mr.) 3. husband 4. (dialect) doctor 5. classifier: 位 (wèi) (HSK 1)
wéi — 1. as (in the capacity of) 2. to take sth as 3. to act as 4. to serve as 5. to behave as 6. to become 7. to be 8. to do 9. by (in the passive voice) (HSK 2)
社會
shè huì — society (HSK 3)
我們
wǒ men — we; us; ourselves; our (HSK 1)
知道
zhī dào — 1. to know; to become aware of 2. also pr. (zhī dao) (HSK 1)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
決不
jué bù — 1. not at all 2. simply (can) not (HSK 5)
推卻
tuī què — 1. to repel 2. to decline
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

“情形还是不行,王金发他们。”一个去年听过我的讲义的少年来访我,慷慨地说,“我们要办一种报来监督他们。不过发起人要借用先生的名字。还有一个是子英先生,一个是德清先生。为社会,我们知道你决不推却的。”

I agreed to it.Two days later I saw the handbill announcing the newspaper; the sponsors were indeed three in number.Five days later the paper itself appeared, and right from the start it denounced the military government and the people in it;……。after that it went on to denounce the Military Governor, the Governor's relatives, fellow-provincials, concubines…

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
答應
dā ying — 1. to answer; to respond 2. to answer positively; to agree; to accept; to promise (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
hòu — 1. back 2. behind 3. rear 4. afterwards 5. after 6. later 7. post- (HSK 1)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
看見
kàn jiàn — to see; to catch sight of (HSK 1)
chū — 1. to go out; to come out 2. to arise; to occur 3. to produce; to yield 4. to go beyond; to exceed 5. (used after a verb to indicate an outward direction or a positive result) 6. classifier for dramas, plays, operas etc (HSK 1)
bào — 1. to report; to inform; to announce 2. to respond; to reply 3. to sign up for; to register for (abbr. for 報名 (bào míng)) 4. to reward; to recompense 5. to take revenge; to retaliate 6. newspaper 7. periodical; journal 8. bulletin 9. telegram (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
傳單
chuán dān — leaflet; flier; pamphlet
發起人
fā qǐ rén — 1. proposer 2. initiator 3. founding member (HSK 7-9)
誠然
chéng rán — 1. indeed 2. true! (I agree with you)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Sān — surname San (HSK 1)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
wǔ — 1. five 2. 5 (HSK 1)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
hòu — 1. back 2. behind 3. rear 4. afterwards 5. after 6. later 7. post- (HSK 1)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
見報
jiàn bào — 1. to appear in the news 2. in the papers
開首
kāi shǒu — 1. beginning 2. start 3. opening 4. in the beginning 5. to start 6. to open
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
mà — 1. to scold 2. to abuse 3. to curse 4. classifier: 通 (tòng), 頓 (dùn) (HSK 5)
軍政府
jūn zhèng fǔ — military government
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
那裏
nà li — there; that place (HSK 1)
面的
miàn dī — 1. abbr. of 麵包車的士 (miàn bāo chē dī shì) 2. minivan taxi
人員
rén yuán — 1. staff 2. crew 3. personnel 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
此後
cǐ hòu — 1. after this 2. afterwards 3. hereafter (HSK 5)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
mà — 1. to scold 2. to abuse 3. to curse 4. classifier: 通 (tòng), 頓 (dùn) (HSK 5)
都督
dū dū — 1. (army) commander-in-chief (archaic) 2. provincial military governor and civil administrator during the early Republic of China era (1911-1949 AD)
都督
dū dū — 1. (army) commander-in-chief (archaic) 2. provincial military governor and civil administrator during the early Republic of China era (1911-1949 AD)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
親戚
qīn qi — 1. a relative (i.e. family relation) 2. classifier: 門 (mén), 個 (gè), 位 (wèi) (HSK 7-9)
同鄉
tóng xiāng — person from the same village, town, or province
姨太太
yí tài tai — concubine

我答应他了。两天后便看见出报的传单,发起人诚然是三个。五天后便见报,开首便骂军政府和那里面的人员;此后是骂都督、都督的亲戚、同乡、姨太太……。

After more than ten days of this denouncing, a piece of news reached my home, saying that the Governor, because you people had swindled money out of him and then denounced him besides, was going to send someone with a pistol to shoot you all dead.

這樣
zhè yàng — 1. this way; like this; so 2. (before a noun) this kind of; such (HSK 2)
de — 1. -ly 2. structural particle: used before a verb or adjective, linking it to preceding modifying adverbial adjunct (HSK 1)
mà — 1. to scold 2. to abuse 3. to curse 4. classifier: 通 (tòng), 頓 (dùn) (HSK 5)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
shí — 1. ten 2. 10 (HSK 1)
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
一種
yī zhǒng — one kind of; one type of
消息
xiāo xi — 1. (piece of) news; information 2. message 3. classifier: 條 (tiáo) (HSK 3)
chuán — 1. to pass on 2. to spread 3. to transmit 4. to infect 5. to transfer 6. to circulate 7. to conduct (electricity) (HSK 3)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
都督
dū dū — 1. (army) commander-in-chief (archaic) 2. provincial military governor and civil administrator during the early Republic of China era (1911-1949 AD)
因為
yīn wèi — because; owing to; on account of (HSK 2)
你們
nǐ men — you (plural) (HSK 1)
詐取
zhà qǔ — 1. to swindle 2. to defraud
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Qián — surname Qian (HSK 1)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
mà — 1. to scold 2. to abuse 3. to curse 4. classifier: 通 (tòng), 頓 (dùn) (HSK 5)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
pā — used in 派司 (pā si) (HSK 3)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
yòng — 1. to use; to make use of; to employ 2. (coverb) with; using 3. to need; to have to (usu. used in the negative or in questions) 4. usefulness; utility 5. (bound form) expense; outlay 6. (courteous) to eat; to drink 7. (literary) hence; therefore (HSK 1)
手槍
shǒu qiāng — 1. pistol 2. classifier: 把 (bǎ) (HSK 7-9)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
打死
dǎ sǐ — 1. to kill 2. to beat to death
你們
nǐ men — you (plural) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

这样地骂了十多天,就有一种消息传到我的家里来,说都督因为你们诈取了他的钱,还骂他,要派人用手枪来打死你们了。

It didn't matter much to the others, but the first to grow anxious was my mother, who urged me not to go out anymore.But I went about as usual, and explained that Wang Jinfa was not going to come and kill us; although he had graduated, so to speak, from the university of the greenwood bandits, he did not kill people very readily.Besides, what I had taken was school funds, and that much he was capable of understanding; it was probably just talk.

別人
bié ren — other people; others; other person (HSK 1)
dǎo — 1. to fall; to collapse; to lie horizontally 2. to fail; to go bankrupt 3. to overthrow 4. to change (trains or buses) 5. to move around 6. to resell at a profit (HSK 2)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
不打緊
bù dǎ jǐn — 1. unimportant 2. not serious 3. it doesn't matter 4. never mind
第一
dì yī — 1. first 2. most important; primary; foremost
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
著急
zháo jí — 1. to worry; to feel anxious 2. to feel a sense of urgency; to be in a hurry 3. Taiwan pr. (zhāo jí) (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
母親
mǔ qīn — mother (HSK 3)
叮囑
dīng zhǔ — 1. to warn repeatedly 2. to urge 3. to exhort again and again (HSK 7-9)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
不要
bù yào — don't!; must not (HSK 2)
zài — 1. again; once more; re- 2. further; beyond this point of time 3. (before an adjective) more 4. then (after sth, and not until then) 5. no matter how ... (followed by an adjective or verb, and then (usually) 也 (yě) or 都 (dōu) for emphasis) 6. (used to introduce additional information, as in 再則 (zài zé), 再就是 (zài jiù shì) etc) 7. (literary) to reappear; to reoccur (HSK 1)
出去
chū qù — to go out (HSK 1)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
還是
hái shi — 1. still (as before) 2. had better 3. unexpectedly 4. or (HSK 1)
照常
zhào cháng — as usual (HSK 7-9)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
並且
bìng qiě — and; besides; moreover; furthermore; in addition (HSK 3)
說明
shuō míng — 1. to explain 2. to illustrate 3. to indicate 4. to show 5. to prove 6. explanation 7. directions 8. caption 9. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
Wáng — surname Wang (HSK 4)
Jīn — 1. surname Jin 2. surname Kim (Korean) 3. Jurchen Jin dynasty (1115–1234) (HSK 3)
fā — 1. to send out 2. to show (one's feeling) 3. to issue 4. to develop 5. to make a bundle of money 6. classifier for gunshots (rounds) (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
打死
dǎ sǐ — 1. to kill 2. to beat to death
我們
wǒ men — we; us; ourselves; our (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
雖然
suī rán — although; even though (often used correlatively with 可是 (kě shì) or 但是 (dàn shì) etc) (HSK 2)
綠林
Lù lín — 1. place in Hubei, the starting point for a major rebellion at the end of Western Han 2. also pr. (Lǜ lín)
大學
Dà xué — the Great Learning, one of the Four Books 四書 (Sì shū) in Confucianism (HSK 1)
出身
chū shēn — 1. to be born of 2. to come from 3. family background 4. class origin (HSK 7-9)
ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)
殺人
shā rén — 1. homicide 2. to murder 3. to kill (a person)
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
不很
bù hěn — not very
輕易
qīng yì — 1. easy; simple 2. rashly; offhandedly (HSK 4)
況且
kuàng qiě — 1. moreover 2. besides 3. in addition 4. furthermore (HSK 7-9)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
ná — 1. to hold 2. to seize 3. to catch 4. to apprehend 5. to take 6. (used in the same way as 把 (bǎ): to mark the following noun as a direct object) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
jiào — to check; to collate; to proofread
kuǎn — 1. section 2. paragraph 3. funds 4. classifier: 筆 (bǐ), 個 (gè) 5. classifier for versions or models (of a product)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
一點
yī diǎn — 1. a bit; a little bit 2. (used in negative expressions) (not) the least bit 3. (after an adjective, used to form the comparative) a bit more, -er 4. a point (in a discussion etc) 5. (calligraphy) dot stroke (、) 6. one o'clock (abbr. for 一點鍾 (yī diǎn zhōng))
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
Néng — surname Neng (HSK 1)
明白
míng bai — 1. clear; obvious; unequivocal 2. sensible; reasonable 3. to understand; to realize (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
不過
bù guò — 1. only 2. merely 3. no more than 4. but 5. however 6. anyway (to get back to a previous topic) 7. cannot be more (after adjectival) (HSK 2)
說說
shuō shuo — to say sth
罷了
bà le — a modal particle indicating (that's all, only, nothing much) (HSK 6)

别人倒还不打紧,第一个著急的是我的母亲,叮嘱我不要再出去。但我还是照常走,并且说明,王金发是不来打死我们的,他虽然绿林大学出身,而杀人却不很轻易。况且我拿的是校款,这一点他还能明白的,不过说说罢了。

And indeed, no one came to kill us.I wrote a letter asking for funds, and got another two hundred yuan.But there seemed to be some anger behind it, and at the same time word was passed down: if you come asking again, there'll be none left!

果然
guǒ rán — 1. really 2. sure enough 3. as expected 4. if indeed (HSK 3)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
shā — 1. to kill; to slay; to murder; to attack 2. to weaken; to reduce 3. (dialect) to smart 4. (used after a verb) extremely (HSK 5)
寫信
xiě xìn — to write a letter
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
經費
jīng fèi — 1. funds 2. expenditure 3. classifier: 筆 (bǐ) (HSK 5)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
qǔ — 1. to take 2. to get 3. to choose 4. to fetch (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)
Bǎi — surname Bai (HSK 1)
Yuán — 1. surname Yuan 2. Yuan dynasty (1279–1368) (HSK 1)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
仿佛
fǎng fú — 1. to seem; as if; seemingly 2. alike; similar (HSK 6)
有些
yǒu xiē — 1. some 2. somewhat; rather; a bit
Nù — Nu ethnic group
yì — 1. (bound form) idea; thought; meaning; sense 2. (bound form) intention; feeling; inclination; state of mind 3. (bound form) Italy (abbr. for 意大利 (Yì dà lì))
同時
tóng shí — at the same time; simultaneously (HSK 2)
傳令
chuán lìng — to transmit an order
dào — 1. road; path (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 股 (gǔ)) 2. (bound form) way; reason; principle 3. (bound form) a skill; an art; a specialization 4. (Daoism) the Way; the Dao 5. to say (introducing a direct quotation, as in a novel) 6. (bound form) to express; to extend (polite words) 7. classifier for long thin things (rivers, cracks, shadows etc), barriers (walls, doors etc), questions (in an exam etc), commands, courses in a meal, steps in a process 8. (old) circuit (administrative division) (HSK 2)
zài — 1. again; once more; re- 2. further; beyond this point of time 3. (before an adjective) more 4. then (after sth, and not until then) 5. no matter how ... (followed by an adjective or verb, and then (usually) 也 (yě) or 都 (dōu) for emphasis) 6. (used to introduce additional information, as in 再則 (zài zé), 再就是 (zài jiù shì) etc) 7. (literary) to reappear; to reoccur (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

果然没有来杀。写信去要经费,又取了二百元。但仿佛有些怒意,同时传令道:再来要,没有了!

However, Ainong got hold of a piece of new information that put me in a very difficult position.It turned out that the so-called "swindling" did not refer to the school funds at all, but to another separate sum of money that had been given to the newspaper office.After the paper had been denouncing him for a few days, Wang Jinfa had someone send over five hundred yuan.Whereupon our young men held a meeting; the first question was: should we accept it or not?The resolution was: accept it.The second question was: after accepting it, should we go on denouncing him or not?The resolution was: denounce him.The reasoning was: once the money was accepted, he became a shareholder;and if a shareholder is no good, then of course he must be denounced.

不過
bù guò — 1. only 2. merely 3. no more than 4. but 5. however 6. anyway (to get back to a previous topic) 7. cannot be more (after adjectival) (HSK 2)
ài — 1. to love; to be fond of; to like 2. affection 3. to be inclined (to do sth); to tend to (happen) (HSK 1)
Nóng — surname Nong
得到
dé dào — to get; to obtain; to receive (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一種
yī zhǒng — one kind of; one type of
Xīn — 1. abbr. for Xinjiang 新疆 (Xīn jiāng) 2. abbr. for Singapore 新加坡 (Xīn jiā pō) 3. surname Xin (HSK 1)
消息
xiāo xi — 1. (piece of) news; information 2. message 3. classifier: 條 (tiáo) (HSK 3)
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
使
shǐ — 1. to make 2. to cause 3. to enable 4. to use 5. to employ 6. to send 7. to instruct sb to do sth 8. envoy 9. messenger (HSK 3)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
為難
wéi nán — 1. to feel embarrassed or awkward 2. to make things difficult (for someone) 3. to find things difficult (to do or manage) (HSK 5)
原來
yuán lái — 1. original; former 2. originally; formerly; at first 3. so, actually, as it turns out (HSK 2)
所謂
suǒ wèi — 1. what is meant by the expression ...; what is referred to as ... 2. (derog.) so-called (HSK 7-9)
詐取
zhà qǔ — 1. to swindle 2. to defraud
zhě — 1. (after a verb or adjective) one who (is) ... 2. (after a noun) person involved in ... 3. -er 4. -ist 5. (used after a number or 後 (hòu) or 前 (qián) to refer to sth mentioned previously) 6. (used after a term, to mark a pause before defining the term) 7. (old) (used at the end of a command) 8. (old) this
並非
bìng fēi — really isn't (HSK 7-9)
zhǐ — 1. finger 2. to point at or to 3. to indicate or refer to 4. to depend on 5. to count on 6. (of hair) to stand on end (HSK 3)
學校
xué xiào — 1. school 2. classifier: 所 (suǒ) (HSK 1)
經費
jīng fèi — 1. funds 2. expenditure 3. classifier: 筆 (bǐ) (HSK 5)
而言
ér yán — (typically preceded by 就… (jiù xx) or 對… (duì xx) etc) as far as ... is concerned; speaking in terms of ...
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
zhǐ — 1. finger 2. to point at or to 3. to indicate or refer to 4. to depend on 5. to count on 6. (of hair) to stand on end (HSK 3)
另有
lìng yǒu — to have some other (reason etc)
送給
sòng gěi — 1. to send 2. to give as a present (HSK 2)
報館
bào guǎn — newspaper office
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
bǐ — 1. writing brush; writing implement (pen, pencil etc) (classifier: 支 (zhī), 枝 (zhī)) 2. brushstroke; stroke (in painting or calligraphy) 3. (bound form) style of writing; literary manner; technique of brushwork 4. (classifier) stroke of a Chinese character 5. (classifier) sum of money; financial transaction; piece of business 6. (literary) to write (with a brush or pen) (HSK 2)
kuǎn — 1. section 2. paragraph 3. funds 4. classifier: 筆 (bǐ), 個 (gè) 5. classifier for versions or models (of a product)
報紙
bào zhǐ — 1. newspaper 2. newsprint 3. classifier: 份 (fèn), 期 (qī), 張 (zhāng) (HSK 2)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
mà — 1. to scold 2. to abuse 3. to curse 4. classifier: 通 (tòng), 頓 (dùn) (HSK 5)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
幾天
jǐ tiān — several days
之後
zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)
Wáng — surname Wang (HSK 4)
Jīn — 1. surname Jin 2. surname Kim (Korean) 3. Jurchen Jin dynasty (1115–1234) (HSK 3)
fā — 1. to send out 2. to show (one's feeling) 3. to issue 4. to develop 5. to make a bundle of money 6. classifier for gunshots (rounds) (HSK 2)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
送去
sòng qù — 1. to send to 2. to deliver to 3. to give sb a lift (e.g. in a car)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
wǔ — 1. five 2. 5 (HSK 1)
Bǎi — surname Bai (HSK 1)
Yuán — 1. surname Yuan 2. Yuan dynasty (1279–1368) (HSK 1)
於是乎
yú shì hū — therefore
我們
wǒ men — we; us; ourselves; our (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
少年
shào nián — 1. early youth 2. youngster 3. (literary) youth; young man (HSK 2)
men — plural marker for pronouns, and nouns referring to individuals
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
kāi — 1. to open (transitive or intransitive) 2. (of ships, vehicles, troops etc) to start 3. to turn on; to put in operation; to operate; to run 4. to boil 5. to write out (a prescription, check, invoice etc) 6. (directional complement) away; off 7. carat (gold) 8. abbr. for Kelvin, 開爾文 (Kāi ěr wén) 9. abbr. for 開本 (kāi běn), book format (HSK 1)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
會議
huì yì — 1. meeting 2. conference 3. classifier: 場 (chǎng), 屆 (jiè) (HSK 3)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
第一
dì yī — 1. first 2. most important; primary; foremost
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
問題
wèn tí — 1. question 2. problem 3. issue 4. topic 5. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
shōu — 1. to receive 2. to accept 3. to collect 4. to put away 5. to restrain 6. to stop 7. in care of (used on address line after name) (HSK 2)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
shōu — 1. to receive 2. to accept 3. to collect 4. to put away 5. to restrain 6. to stop 7. in care of (used on address line after name) (HSK 2)
決議
jué yì — 1. a resolution 2. to pass a resolution (HSK 7-9)
yuē — 1. to speak 2. to say (HSK 7-9)
shōu — 1. to receive 2. to accept 3. to collect 4. to put away 5. to restrain 6. to stop 7. in care of (used on address line after name) (HSK 2)
第二
dì èr — 1. second 2. number two 3. next 4. secondary
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
問題
wèn tí — 1. question 2. problem 3. issue 4. topic 5. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
shōu — 1. to receive 2. to accept 3. to collect 4. to put away 5. to restrain 6. to stop 7. in care of (used on address line after name) (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
之後
zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)
mà — 1. to scold 2. to abuse 3. to curse 4. classifier: 通 (tòng), 頓 (dùn) (HSK 5)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
mà — 1. to scold 2. to abuse 3. to curse 4. classifier: 通 (tòng), 頓 (dùn) (HSK 5)
決議
jué yì — 1. a resolution 2. to pass a resolution (HSK 7-9)
yuē — 1. to speak 2. to say (HSK 7-9)
mà — 1. to scold 2. to abuse 3. to curse 4. classifier: 通 (tòng), 頓 (dùn) (HSK 5)
理由
lǐ yóu — 1. reason 2. grounds 3. justification 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
shōu — 1. to receive 2. to accept 3. to collect 4. to put away 5. to restrain 6. to stop 7. in care of (used on address line after name) (HSK 2)
Qián — surname Qian (HSK 1)
之後
zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
股東
gǔ dōng — 1. shareholder 2. stockholder (HSK 6)
股東
gǔ dōng — 1. shareholder 2. stockholder (HSK 6)
不好
bù hǎo — no good
自然
zì rán — 1. nature 2. natural 3. naturally (HSK 3)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
mà — 1. to scold 2. to abuse 3. to curse 4. classifier: 通 (tòng), 頓 (dùn) (HSK 5)

不过爱农得到了一种新消息,却使我很为难。原来所谓“诈取”者,并非指学校经费而言,是指另有送给报馆的一笔款。报纸上骂了几天之后,王金发便叫人送去了五百元。于是乎我们的少年们便开起会议来,第一个问题是:收不收?决议曰:收。第二个问题是:收了之后骂不骂?决议曰:骂。理由是:收钱之后,他是股东;股东不好,自然要骂。

I went to the newspaper office at once to ask whether this was true or not.It was all true.I said a few words to the effect that they shouldn't have taken his money, whereupon a man who called himself the accountant grew displeased and demanded of me:

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
即刻
jí kè — 1. immediately 2. instant 3. instantly
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
報館
bào guǎn — newspaper office
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
wèn — to ask; to inquire (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. matter 2. thing 3. item 4. work 5. affair 6. classifier: 件 (jiàn), 樁 (zhuāng), 回 (huí) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
真假
zhēn jiǎ — 1. genuine or fake 2. true or false (HSK 7-9)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
真的
zhēn de — 1. really; truly; indeed 2. real; true; genuine 3. (math.) proper (HSK 1)
lüè — 1. brief; sketchy 2. outline; summary 3. to omit 4. (bound form before a single-character verb) a bit; somewhat; slightly 5. plan; strategy 6. to capture (territory) (HSK 7-9)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
jī — (literary) almost (HSK 1)
gōu — variant of 勾 (gōu) (HSK 2)
不該
bù gāi — 1. should not 2. to owe nothing
shōu — 1. to receive 2. to accept 3. to collect 4. to put away 5. to restrain 6. to stop 7. in care of (used on address line after name) (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Qián — surname Qian (HSK 1)
的話
de huà — if (coming after a conditional clause) (HSK 2)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
名為
míng wéi — 1. to be called 2. to be known as
會計
kuài jì — 1. accountant 2. accountancy 3. accounting (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
高興
gāo xìng — 1. happy 2. glad 3. willing (to do sth) 4. in a cheerful mood (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
質問
zhì wèn — 1. to question 2. to ask questions 3. to inquire 4. to bring to account 5. to interrogate (HSK 7-9)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
dào — 1. road; path (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 股 (gǔ)) 2. (bound form) way; reason; principle 3. (bound form) a skill; an art; a specialization 4. (Daoism) the Way; the Dao 5. to say (introducing a direct quotation, as in a novel) 6. (bound form) to express; to extend (polite words) 7. classifier for long thin things (rivers, cracks, shadows etc), barriers (walls, doors etc), questions (in an exam etc), commands, courses in a meal, steps in a process 8. (old) circuit (administrative division) (HSK 2)

我即刻到报馆去问这事的真假。都是真的。略说了几句不该收他钱的话,一个名为会计的便不高兴了,质问我道:

?”"Why doesn't the newspaper office accept capital contributions?"

報館
bào guǎn — newspaper office
wéi — 1. as (in the capacity of) 2. to take sth as 3. to act as 4. to serve as 5. to behave as 6. to become 7. to be 8. to do 9. by (in the passive voice) (HSK 2)
shén — what
me — variant of 麼 (me)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
shōu — 1. to receive 2. to accept 3. to collect 4. to put away 5. to restrain 6. to stop 7. in care of (used on address line after name) (HSK 2)
股本
gǔ běn — 1. capital stock 2. investment

“报馆为什么不收股本?”

……。”"This isn't capital..."

這不
zhè bu — (coll.) As a matter of fact, ... (used to introduce evidence for what one has just asserted)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
股本
gǔ běn — 1. capital stock 2. investment

“这不是股本……。”

?”"If it's not capital, what is it?"

不是
bù shì — 1. no 2. is not 3. not
股本
gǔ běn — 1. capital stock 2. investment
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
shén — what
me — variant of 麼 (me)

“不是股本是什么?”

I said nothing more — this bit of worldly wisdom I had long since learned; if I went on saying things that might implicate us, he would denounce me to my face for prizing my own worthless life too dearly, unwilling to sacrifice myself for society, or perhaps the next day the newspaper would carry an account of how I trembled with fear of death.

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
不再
bù zài — no more; no longer (HSK 6)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
下去
xià qù — 1. to go down 2. to descend 3. to go on 4. to continue 5. (of a servant) to withdraw (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
一點
yī diǎn — 1. a bit; a little bit 2. (used in negative expressions) (not) the least bit 3. (after an adjective, used to form the comparative) a bit more, -er 4. a point (in a discussion etc) 5. (calligraphy) dot stroke (、) 6. one o'clock (abbr. for 一點鍾 (yī diǎn zhōng))
世故
shì gù — the ways of the world (HSK 7-9)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
早已
zǎo yǐ — 1. for a long time; long since 2. (dialect) in the past (HSK 3)
知道
zhī dào — 1. to know; to become aware of 2. also pr. (zhī dao) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
cháng — used in 倘佯 (cháng yáng)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
再說
zài shuō — 1. to say again 2. to put off a discussion until later 3. moreover 4. what's more 5. besides (HSK 6)
chū — 1. to go out; to come out 2. to arise; to occur 3. to produce; to yield 4. to go beyond; to exceed 5. (used after a verb to indicate an outward direction or a positive result) 6. classifier for dramas, plays, operas etc (HSK 1)
連累
lián lei — 1. to implicate; to get (sb) into trouble 2. also pr. (lián lěi) or (lián lèi)
我們
wǒ men — we; us; ourselves; our (HSK 1)
的話
de huà — if (coming after a conditional clause) (HSK 2)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
會面
huì miàn — 1. to meet with 2. meeting (HSK 7-9)
chì — 1. to blame 2. to reprove 3. to reprimand 4. to expel 5. to oust 6. to reconnoiter 7. (of territory) to expand 8. saline marsh
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
tài — 1. highest 2. greatest 3. too (much) 4. very 5. extremely (HSK 1)
愛惜
ài xī — 1. to cherish 2. to treasure 3. to use sparingly (HSK 7-9)
不值錢
bù zhí qián — of little value
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
生命
shēng mìng — 1. life (as the characteristic of living beings) 2. living being; creature (classifier: 條 (tiáo)) (HSK 3)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
kěn — 1. to agree; to consent 2. to be willing to (HSK 6)
wéi — 1. as (in the capacity of) 2. to take sth as 3. to act as 4. to serve as 5. to behave as 6. to become 7. to be 8. to do 9. by (in the passive voice) (HSK 2)
社會
shè huì — society (HSK 3)
犧牲
xī shēng — 1. to sacrifice one's life 2. to sacrifice (sth valued) 3. beast slaughtered as a sacrifice (HSK 6)
或者
huò zhě — 1. or 2. possibly; maybe; perhaps (HSK 2)
明天
míng tiān — tomorrow (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
報上
bào shàng — in the newspaper
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
可以
kě yǐ — 1. can 2. may 3. possible 4. able to 5. not bad 6. pretty good (HSK 2)
看見
kàn jiàn — to see; to catch sight of (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
怎樣
zěn yàng — 1. how 2. what kind (HSK 2)
怕死
pà sǐ — to be scared of dying
發抖
fā dǒu — 1. to tremble 2. to shake 3. to shiver (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
記載
jì zǎi — 1. to write down 2. to record 3. written account (HSK 4)

我就不再说下去了,这一点世故是早已知道的,倘我再说出连累我们的话来,他就会面斥我太爱惜不值钱的生命,不肯为社会牺牲,或者明天在报上就可以看见我怎样怕死发抖的记载。

But as it happened, things worked out conveniently — Jifu wrote urging me to go to Nanjing.:——Ainong quite approved too, but rather sorrowfully, said:—

然而
rán ér — however; but; yet (HSK 4)
事情
shì qing — 1. affair; matter; thing; business 2. classifier: 件 (jiàn), 樁 (zhuāng) (HSK 2)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
湊巧
còu qiǎo — 1. fortuitously 2. luckily 3. as chance has it (HSK 7-9)
Jì — surname Ji (HSK 4)
fú — luxuriant growth
寫信
xiě xìn — to write a letter
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
cuī — 1. to urge 2. to press 3. to prompt 4. to rush sb 5. to hasten sth 6. to expedite (HSK 7-9)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
wǎng — 1. to go (in a direction) 2. to 3. towards 4. (of a train) bound for 5. past 6. previous (HSK 2)
南京
Nán jīng — 1. see 南京市 (Nán jīng Shì) 2. Nanjing, capital of the Ming dynasty (1368–1421) and of the Republic of China (1927–1937 and 1946–1949)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
ài — 1. to love; to be fond of; to like 2. affection 3. to be inclined (to do sth); to tend to (happen) (HSK 1)
Nóng — surname Nong
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
贊成
zàn chéng — 1. to approve 2. to endorse 3. (literary) to assist (HSK 4)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
Pō — 1. surname Po 2. Taiwan pr. (Pǒ) (HSK 7-9)
淒涼
qī liáng — desolate (place) (HSK 7-9)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

然而事情很凑巧,季茀写信来催我往南京了。爱农也很赞成,但颇凄凉,说:——

"Things here are the same as before — one can't stay.……。”You'd better go quickly..."

這裏
zhè lǐ — variant of 這裡 (zhè lǐ) (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
那樣
nà yàng — 1. that kind 2. that sort (HSK 2)
zhù — 1. to live; to reside; to stay 2. to stop; to cease 3. (result complement indicating firmness or a stable achieved state) (HSK 1)
不得
bù dé — 1. must not 2. may not 3. not to be allowed 4. cannot
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
kuài — 1. rapid 2. quick 3. speed 4. rate 5. soon 6. almost 7. to make haste 8. clever 9. sharp (of knives or wits) 10. forthright 11. plainspoken 12. gratified 13. pleased 14. pleasant (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
bà — 1. to stop 2. to cease 3. to dismiss 4. to suspend 5. to quit 6. to finish

“这里又是那样,住不得。你快去罢……。”

I understood his unspoken meaning and resolved to go to Nanjing.I first went to the Military Governor's office to resign, which was of course approved at once; a snot-nosed receiver was sent to take things over, and once I had handed over the accounts and the remaining funds — one jiao and two coppers — I was no longer principal.My successor was Fu Lichen, head of the Confucian Association.

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
懂得
dǒng de — to understand; to know; to comprehend (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
無聲
wú shēng — soundless; silent
的話
de huà — if (coming after a conditional clause) (HSK 2)
jué — 1. to decide 2. to determine 3. to execute (sb) 4. (of a dam etc) to breach or burst 5. definitely 6. certainly
Jì — surname Ji (HSK 7-9)
wǎng — 1. to go (in a direction) 2. to 3. towards 4. (of a train) bound for 5. past 6. previous (HSK 2)
南京
Nán jīng — 1. see 南京市 (Nán jīng Shì) 2. Nanjing, capital of the Ming dynasty (1368–1421) and of the Republic of China (1927–1937 and 1946–1949)
xiān — 1. beforehand; first; earlier 2. at first; originally 3. for the time being; for now 4. (prefix) my late (in referring to deceased relatives older than oneself) (HSK 1)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
都督
dū dū — 1. (army) commander-in-chief (archaic) 2. provincial military governor and civil administrator during the early Republic of China era (1911-1949 AD)
fǔ — 1. seat of government 2. government repository (archive) 3. official residence 4. mansion 5. presidential palace 6. (honorific) Your home 7. prefecture (from Tang to Qing times)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
辭職
cí zhí — to resign (HSK 5)
自然
zì rán — 1. nature 2. natural 3. naturally (HSK 3)
照准
zhào zhǔn — 1. request granted (formal usage in old document) 2. to aim (gun)
pā — used in 派司 (pā si) (HSK 3)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
tuō — 1. to drag 2. to tow 3. to trail 4. to hang down 5. to mop (the floor) 6. to delay 7. to drag on (HSK 6)
鼻涕
bí tì — nasal mucus; snivel; snot (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
接收
jiē shōu — 1. reception (of transmitted signal) 2. to receive 3. to accept 4. to admit 5. to take over (e.g. a factory) 6. to expropriate (HSK 6)
yuán — 1. (bound form) person engaged in a certain field of activity 2. (bound form) member 3. classifier for military generals
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
交出
jiāo chū — to hand over
賬目
zhàng mù — 1. accounts; financial records 2. accounting entry
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
yú — 1. extra 2. surplus 3. remaining 4. remainder after division 5. (following numerical value) or more 6. in excess of (some number) 7. residue (math.) 8. after 9. I 10. me (HSK 7-9)
kuǎn — 1. section 2. paragraph 3. funds 4. classifier: 筆 (bǐ), 個 (gè) 5. classifier for versions or models (of a product)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Jué — surname Jue (HSK 2)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
tóng — 1. copper (chemistry) 2. see also 紅銅 (hóng tóng) 3. classifier: 塊 (kuài) (HSK 7-9)
Yuán — 1. surname Yuan 2. Yuan dynasty (1279–1368) (HSK 1)
不是
bù shì — 1. no 2. is not 3. not
校長
xiào zhǎng — 1. (college, university) president 2. headmaster 3. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
後任
hòu rèn — 1. successor 2. to take up a position subsequently as ... 3. (attributive) future; subsequent
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
孔教
Kǒng jiào — 1. Teaching of Confucius 2. Confucianism
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
會長
huì zhǎng — president of a club, committee etc (HSK 6)
Fù — surname Fu
Lì — surname Li (HSK 3)
Chén — surname Chen

我懂得他无声的话,决计往南京。先到都督府去辞职,自然照准,派来了一个拖鼻涕的接收员,我交出账目和余款一角又两铜元,不是校长了。后任是孔教会会长傅力臣。

The newspaper-office affair was settled two or three weeks after I reached Nanjing — the office had been wrecked by a mob of soldiers.Ziying was out in the countryside and came to no harm;Deqing happened to be in the city, and was stabbed in the thigh with a knife point.He was furious.Naturally it was quite painful, so one could hardly blame him.After his fury, he took off his clothes and had a photograph taken to show the knife wound, about an inch wide, and also wrote an article describing what had happened, sending it around everywhere to publicize the tyranny of the military government.I think that by now probably no one still keeps such a photograph — the print was too small, and the wound was reduced to almost nothing, so that anyone who saw it without an explanation would surely have taken it for a nude photo of some slightly mad romantic figure, and had it fallen into the hands of Marshal Sun Chuanfang, it might well have been banned.

報館
bào guǎn — newspaper office
àn — 1. (legal) case 2. incident 3. record 4. file 5. table
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
南京
Nán jīng — 1. see 南京市 (Nán jīng Shì) 2. Nanjing, capital of the Ming dynasty (1368–1421) and of the Republic of China (1927–1937 and 1946–1949)
hòu — 1. back 2. behind 3. rear 4. afterwards 5. after 6. later 7. post- (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
Sān — surname San (HSK 1)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
星期
xīng qī — 1. week 2. classifier: 個 (gè) 3. day of the week 4. Sunday (HSK 1)
了結
liǎo jié — 1. to settle 2. to finish 3. to conclude 4. to wind up (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
qún — 1. group 2. crowd 3. flock, herd, pack etc (HSK 3)
bīng — 1. soldiers 2. a force 3. an army 4. weapons 5. arms 6. military 7. warlike 8. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 4)
men — plural marker for pronouns, and nouns referring to individuals
搗毀
dǎo huǐ — 1. to destroy 2. to smash 3. sabotage
zǐ — 1. son 2. child 3. seed 4. egg 5. small thing 6. 1st earthly branch: 11 p.m.–1 a.m., midnight, 11th solar month (7th December to 5th January), year of the rat 7. viscount, fourth of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 8. ancient Chinese compass point: 0° (north) 9. subsidiary; subordinate; (prefix) sub-
Yīng — 1. United Kingdom 2. British 3. England 4. English 5. abbr. for 英國 (Yīng guó)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
鄉下
xiāng xia — 1. countryside 2. rural area 3. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 7-9)
沒有事
méi yǒu shì — 1. not a bit 2. nothing is up 3. nothing alarming is happening
德清
Dé qīng — see 德清縣 (Dé qīng Xiàn)
適值
shì zhí — 1. just at that time 2. as it happens 3. by good luck, just then
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
chéng — 1. city walls 2. city 3. town 4. classifier: 座 (zuò), 道 (dào), 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
大腿
dà tuǐ — thigh
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
cī — (onom.) whoosh (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
尖刀
jiān dāo — dagger
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
大怒
dà nù — to become furious; to explode in anger
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
自然
zì rán — 1. nature 2. natural 3. naturally (HSK 3)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
有些
yǒu xiē — 1. some 2. somewhat; rather; a bit
tòng — 1. ache 2. pain 3. sorrow 4. deeply 5. thoroughly (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
guài — 1. odd; strange; uncanny 2. (bound form) monster; supernatural being 3. to find strange; to regard as odd 4. to blame 5. (coll.) somewhat; rather (HSK 4)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
不得
bù dé — 1. must not 2. may not 3. not to be allowed 4. cannot
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
大怒
dà nù — to become furious; to explode in anger
之後
zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)
脫下
tuō xià — to take off (clothing)
衣服
yī fu — 1. clothes 2. classifier: 件 (jiàn), 套 (tào) (HSK 1)
zhào — 1. according to 2. in accordance with 3. to shine 4. to illuminate 5. to reflect 6. to look at (one's reflection) 7. to take (a photo) 8. photo 9. as requested 10. as before (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Zhāng — surname Zhang (HSK 3)
照片
zhào piàn — 1. photograph 2. classifier: 張 (zhāng), 幅 (fú) (HSK 2)
Yǐ — abbr. for Israel 以色列 (Yǐ sè liè) (HSK 7-9)
顯示
xiǎn shì — 1. to show 2. to illustrate 3. to display 4. to demonstrate (HSK 3)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
cùn — 1. a unit of length 2. inch 3. thumb (HSK 5)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
Kuān — surname Kuan (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Dāo — surname Dao (HSK 3)
shāng — 1. to injure 2. injury 3. wound (HSK 3)
並且
bìng qiě — and; besides; moreover; furthermore; in addition (HSK 3)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
piān — 1. sheet 2. piece of writing 3. bound set of bamboo slips used for record keeping (old) 4. classifier for written items: chapter, article (HSK 2)
文章
wén zhāng — 1. article 2. essay 3. literary works 4. writings 5. hidden meaning 6. classifier: 篇 (piān), 段 (duàn), 頁 (yè) (HSK 3)
敘述
xù shù — 1. to relate (a story or information) 2. to tell or talk about 3. to recount 4. narration 5. telling 6. narrative 7. account (HSK 7-9)
情形
qíng xing — circumstances; situation; state of affairs (HSK 5)
Xiàng — surname Xiang (HSK 2)
各處
gè chù — every place
分送
fēn sòng — 1. to send 2. to distribute
宣傳
xuān chuán — 1. to disseminate 2. to give publicity to 3. propaganda 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
軍政府
jūn zhèng fǔ — military government
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
橫暴
hèng bào — 1. brutal 2. violent
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
這種
zhè zhǒng — this kind of
照片
zhào piàn — 1. photograph 2. classifier: 張 (zhāng), 幅 (fú) (HSK 2)
現在
xiàn zài — now; at present; currently (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
大約
dà yuē — 1. approximately 2. probably (HSK 3)
未必
wèi bì — 1. not necessarily 2. maybe not (HSK 4)
還有
hái yǒu — 1. there still remain(s); there is (or are) still 2. in addition (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
收藏
shōu cáng — 1. to collect (works of art, dolls, antiques etc); to put away for safekeeping; (Internet) to bookmark 2. a collection (HSK 6)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
尺寸
chǐ cun — 1. size; dimensions; measurements (esp. of clothes) 2. (coll.) propriety (HSK 4)
tài — 1. highest 2. greatest 3. too (much) 4. very 5. extremely (HSK 1)
xiǎo — 1. small 2. tiny 3. few 4. young (HSK 1)
Dāo — surname Dao (HSK 3)
shāng — 1. to injure 2. injury 3. wound (HSK 3)
縮小
suō xiǎo — to reduce; to decrease; to shrink (HSK 4)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
幾乎
jī hū — almost; nearly; practically (HSK 4)
等於
děng yú — 1. to equal 2. to be tantamount to (HSK 2)
mó — used in 南無 (nā mó) (HSK 4)
如果
rú guǒ — if; in case; in the event that (HSK 2)
不加
bù jiā — 1. without 2. not 3. un-
說明
shuō míng — 1. to explain 2. to illustrate 3. to indicate 4. to show 5. to prove 6. explanation 7. directions 8. caption 9. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
看見
kàn jiàn — to see; to catch sight of (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
一定
yī dìng — 1. surely; certainly; definitely 2. fixed; settled 3. a certain ...; a given ... (HSK 2)
以為
yǐ wéi — to think; to believe (often with the implication that the belief is mistaken – unless referring to one's own current belief) (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
dài — 1. band 2. belt 3. girdle 4. ribbon 5. tire 6. area 7. zone 8. region 9. classifier: 條 (tiáo) 10. to wear 11. to carry 12. to take along 13. to bear (i.e. to have) 14. to lead 15. to bring 16. to look after 17. to raise (HSK 2)
xiē — classifier indicating a small amount or small number greater than 1: some, a few, several (HSK 4)
fēng — 1. insane 2. mad 3. wild (HSK 5)
qì — 1. gas; air 2. smell 3. weather 4. to make angry; to annoy; to get angry 5. vital energy; qi (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
風流
fēng liú — 1. distinguished and accomplished 2. outstanding 3. talented in letters and unconventional in lifestyle 4. romantic 5. dissolute 6. loose (HSK 7-9)
人物
rén wù — 1. person; personage; figure (esp. sb of importance) 2. character (in a play, novel etc) 3. (genre of traditional Chinese painting) figure painting (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
裸體
luǒ tǐ — naked
照片
zhào piàn — 1. photograph 2. classifier: 張 (zhāng), 幅 (fú) (HSK 2)
cháng — used in 倘佯 (cháng yáng)
遇見
yù jiàn — to meet (HSK 4)
孫傳芳
Sūn Chuán fāng — Sun Chuanfang (1885-1935) one of the northern warlord, murdered in Tianjin in 1935
大帥
dà shuài — 1. (old) commanding general 2. commander-in-chief 3. (Qing dynasty) title for a governor-general (provincial military governor) 總督 (zǒng dū)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
Pà — surname Pa (HSK 2)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
禁止
jìn zhǐ — 1. to prohibit 2. to forbid 3. to ban (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

报馆案是我到南京后两三个星期了结的,被一群兵们捣毁。子英在乡下,没有事;德清适值在城里,大腿上被刺了一尖刀。他大怒了。自然,这是很有些痛的,怪他不得。他大怒之后,脱下衣服,照了一张照片,以显示一寸来宽的刀伤,并且做一篇文章叙述情形,向各处分送,宣传军政府的横暴。我想,这种照片现在是大约未必还有人收藏著了,尺寸太小,刀伤缩小到几乎等于无,如果不加说明,看见的人一定以为是带些疯气的风流人物的裸体照片,倘遇见孙传芳大帅,还怕要被禁止的。

By the time I moved from Nanjing to Beijing, Ainong's post as supervisor of studies had also been schemed away by the head of the Confucian Association, who was now principal.He had become once again the Ainong he had been before the revolution.I wanted to find him some small job in Beijing, which was exactly what he hoped for, but there was no opportunity.Later he went to lodge and take his meals at the home of an acquaintance, and he often wrote to me; the more straitened his circumstances grew, the more sorrowful his words became.In the end he was forced to leave this acquaintance's house as well, and drifted about from place to place.Not long after, I suddenly received word from a fellow townsman that he had fallen into the water and drowned.

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)
南京
Nán jīng — 1. see 南京市 (Nán jīng Shì) 2. Nanjing, capital of the Ming dynasty (1368–1421) and of the Republic of China (1927–1937 and 1946–1949)
yí — 1. to move 2. to shift 3. to change 4. to alter 5. to remove (HSK 4)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
北京
Běi jīng — Beijing municipality, capital of the People's Republic of China (short name 京 (Jīng)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
ài — 1. to love; to be fond of; to like 2. affection 3. to be inclined (to do sth); to tend to (happen) (HSK 1)
Nóng — surname Nong
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
學監
xué jiān — school official responsible for supervising the students (old)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
孔教
Kǒng jiào — 1. Teaching of Confucius 2. Confucianism
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
會長
huì zhǎng — president of a club, committee etc (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
校長
xiào zhǎng — 1. (college, university) president 2. headmaster 3. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 2)
設法
shè fǎ — 1. to try 2. to make an attempt 3. to think of a way (to accomplish sth) (HSK 7-9)
去掉
qù diào — 1. to get rid of 2. to exclude 3. to eliminate 4. to remove 5. to delete 6. to strip out 7. to extract (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
成了
chéng le — 1. to be done 2. to be ready 3. that's enough! 4. that will do!
革命
gé mìng — 1. to withdraw the mandate of heaven (and transition to a new dynasty) (original meaning) 2. revolution 3. revolutionary 4. to revolt (against sb or sth) 5. to revolutionize (sth) 6. (separable verb sometimes used in the pattern 革noun的命) 7. classifier: 次 (cì) (HSK 7-9)
qián — 1. front 2. forward 3. ahead 4. first 5. top (followed by a number) 6. future 7. ago 8. before 9. BC (e.g. 前293年) 10. former 11. formerly (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
ài — 1. to love; to be fond of; to like 2. affection 3. to be inclined (to do sth); to tend to (happen) (HSK 1)
Nóng — surname Nong
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
wéi — 1. as (in the capacity of) 2. to take sth as 3. to act as 4. to serve as 5. to behave as 6. to become 7. to be 8. to do 9. by (in the passive voice) (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
北京
Běi jīng — Beijing municipality, capital of the People's Republic of China (short name 京 (Jīng)) (HSK 1)
xún — 1. to search 2. to look for 3. to seek (HSK 7-9)
一點
yī diǎn — 1. a bit; a little bit 2. (used in negative expressions) (not) the least bit 3. (after an adjective, used to form the comparative) a bit more, -er 4. a point (in a discussion etc) 5. (calligraphy) dot stroke (、) 6. one o'clock (abbr. for 一點鍾 (yī diǎn zhōng))
小事
xiǎo shì — 1. trifle 2. trivial matter 3. classifier: 點 (diǎn)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
非常
fēi cháng — 1. very; really 2. unusual; extraordinary (HSK 1)
希望
xī wàng — 1. to hope 2. a hope; a wish (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
然而
rán ér — however; but; yet (HSK 4)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
機會
jī huì — 1. opportunity 2. chance 3. occasion 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
後來
hòu lái — 1. afterwards; later 2. newly arrived (HSK 2)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
熟人
shú rén — 1. acquaintance 2. friend (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
jì — 1. to entrust; to place in sb's care 2. (bound form) to depend on; to attach oneself to; to reside temporarily 3. (bound form) foster (as in 寄女[ji4 nu : 3] foster daughter) 4. to send by post; to mail (HSK 4)
shí — 1. to eat 2. food 3. animal feed 4. eclipse
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
時時
shí shí — 1. often 2. constantly (HSK 6)
gěi — 1. to 2. for 3. for the benefit of 4. to give 5. to allow 6. to do sth (for sb) 7. (grammatical equivalent of 被) 8. (grammatical equivalent of 把) 9. (sentence intensifier) (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
xìn — 1. letter 2. mail 3. classifier: 封 (fēng) 4. to trust 5. to believe 6. to profess faith in 7. truthful 8. confidence 9. trust 10. at will 11. at random (HSK 2)
景況
jǐng kuàng — circumstances
yù — 1. the more...(the more...) 2. to recover 3. to heal 4. better
kùn — 1. to trap 2. to surround 3. hard-pressed 4. stranded 5. destitute (HSK 3)
qióng — 1. poor 2. destitute 3. to use up 4. to exhaust 5. thoroughly 6. extremely 7. (coll.) persistently and pointlessly (HSK 4)
言辭
yán cí — 1. words 2. expression 3. what one says (HSK 7-9)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
yù — 1. the more...(the more...) 2. to recover 3. to heal 4. better
qī — 1. intense cold 2. frigid 3. dismal 4. grim 5. bleak 6. sad 7. mournful
kǔ — 1. bitter 2. hardship 3. pain 4. to suffer 5. to bring suffering to 6. painstakingly (HSK 4)
終於
zhōng yú — 1. at last 2. in the end 3. finally 4. eventually (HSK 3)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
Fēi — abbr. for 非洲 (Fēi zhōu), Africa (HSK 4)
走出
zǒu chū — to leave (a room etc); to go out through (a door etc)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
熟人
shú rén — 1. acquaintance 2. friend (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
不可
bù kě — cannot; should not; must not
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
各處
gè chù — every place
飄浮
piāo fú — 1. to float 2. to hover 3. also written 漂浮
不久
bù jiǔ — 1. not long (after) 2. before too long 3. soon 4. soon after (HSK 2)
忽然
hū rán — suddenly; all of a sudden (HSK 2)
Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)
同鄉
tóng xiāng — person from the same village, town, or province
那裏
nà li — there; that place (HSK 1)
得到
dé dào — to get; to obtain; to receive (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
消息
xiāo xi — 1. (piece of) news; information 2. message 3. classifier: 條 (tiáo) (HSK 3)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
已經
yǐ jīng — already (HSK 2)
diào — 1. to fall 2. to drop 3. to lag behind 4. to lose 5. to go missing 6. to reduce 7. fall (in prices) 8. to lose (value, weight etc) 9. to wag 10. to swing 11. to turn 12. to change 13. to exchange 14. to swap 15. to show off 16. to shed (hair) 17. (used after certain verbs to express completion, fulfillment, removal etc) (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
Shuǐ — 1. surname Shui 2. Shui ethnic group (HSK 1)
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
淹死
yān sǐ — to drown
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

我从南京移到北京的时候,爱农的学监也被孔教会会长的校长设法去掉了。他又成了革命前的爱农。我想为他在北京寻一点小事做,这是他非常希望的,然而没有机会。他后来便到一个熟人的家里去寄食,也时时给我信,景况愈困穷,言辞也愈凄苦。终于又非走出这熟人的家不可,便在各处飘浮。不久,忽然从同乡那里得到一个消息,说他已经掉在水里,淹死了。

I suspected he had killed himself.For he was an excellent swimmer, not someone who would easily drown.

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
疑心
yí xīn — 1. suspicion 2. to suspect
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
自殺
zì shā — 1. to kill oneself 2. to commit suicide 3. to attempt suicide (HSK 5)
因為
yīn wèi — because; owing to; on account of (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
fú — 1. to float 2. superficial 3. floating 4. unstable 5. movable 6. provisional 7. temporary 8. transient 9. impetuous 10. hollow 11. inflated 12. to exceed 13. superfluous 14. excessive 15. surplus (HSK 6)
Shuǐ — 1. surname Shui 2. Shui ethnic group (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
好手
hǎo shǒu — 1. expert 2. professional
不容
bù róng — 1. must not 2. cannot 3. to not allow 4. cannot tolerate (HSK 7-9)
Yì — 1. surname Yi 2. I Ching; Book of Changes (abbr. for 易經 (Yì jīng))
淹死
yān sǐ — to drown
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

我疑心他是自杀。因为他是浮水的好手,不容易淹死的。

Sitting alone at night in the guild hall, I felt utterly desolate; I also suspected the news might not be accurate, yet for no reason at all I also felt it was entirely reliable, though there was no evidence whatsoever.There was nothing at all I could do, so I only wrote four poems, which were later published in a certain daily newspaper; by now I have almost entirely forgotten them.:“。”。”I remember only six lines from one of them; the first four were: "Cup in hand we discoursed on the world — you, sir, a lesser tippler; the whole wide world is still besotted, a slight drunkenness suits its sinking." The two middle lines I have forgotten; the last were: "Old friends have scattered like clouds, and I too am but light dust."

夜間
yè jiān — 1. nighttime 2. evening or night (e.g. classes) (HSK 5)
dú — 1. alone 2. independent 3. single 4. sole 5. only (HSK 7-9)
Zuò — surname Zuo (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
會館
huì guǎn — provincial or county guild hall
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
十分
shí fēn — 1. very 2. completely 3. utterly 4. extremely 5. absolutely 6. hundred percent 7. to divide into ten equal parts (HSK 2)
悲涼
bēi liáng — 1. sorrowful 2. dismal
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
疑心
yí xīn — 1. suspicion 2. to suspect
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
消息
xiāo xi — 1. (piece of) news; information 2. message 3. classifier: 條 (tiáo) (HSK 3)
並不
bìng bù — not at all; by no means
què — 1. authenticated 2. solid 3. firm 4. real 5. true
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
無端
wú duān — for no reason at all
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
覺得
jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
極其
jí qí — extremely (HSK 4)
可靠
kě kào — reliable (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
雖然
suī rán — although; even though (often used correlatively with 可是 (kě shì) or 但是 (dàn shì) etc) (HSK 2)
bìng — 1. and 2. furthermore 3. also 4. together with 5. (not) at all 6. simultaneously 7. to combine 8. to join 9. to merge (HSK 3)
mó — used in 南無 (nā mó) (HSK 4)
證據
zhèng jù — 1. evidence 2. proof 3. testimony (HSK 3)
一點
yī diǎn — 1. a bit; a little bit 2. (used in negative expressions) (not) the least bit 3. (after an adjective, used to form the comparative) a bit more, -er 4. a point (in a discussion etc) 5. (calligraphy) dot stroke (、) 6. one o'clock (abbr. for 一點鍾 (yī diǎn zhōng))
法子
fǎ zi — 1. way 2. method 3. Taiwan pr. (fá zi)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
sì — 1. four 2. 4 (HSK 1)
shǒu — 1. head 2. chief 3. first (occasion, thing etc) 4. classifier for poems, songs etc (HSK 4)
Shī — abbr. for Shijing 詩經 (Shī jīng), the Book of Songs (HSK 4)
後來
hòu lái — 1. afterwards; later 2. newly arrived (HSK 2)
Zēng — surname Zeng (HSK 4)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
一種
yī zhǒng — one kind of; one type of
日報
rì bào — daily newspaper (HSK 2)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
發表
fā biǎo — 1. to issue 2. to publish (HSK 3)
現在
xiàn zài — now; at present; currently (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
將要
jiāng yào — 1. will 2. shall 3. to be going to (HSK 5)
忘記
wàng jì — to forget (HSK 1)
完了
wán le — 1. to be finished 2. to be done for 3. ruined 4. gone to the dogs 5. oh no (HSK 5)
zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
記得
jì de — to remember (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
shǒu — 1. head 2. chief 3. first (occasion, thing etc) 4. classifier for poems, songs etc (HSK 4)
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
liù — 1. six 2. 6 (HSK 1)
gōu — variant of 勾 (gōu) (HSK 2)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
shǒu — 1. head 2. chief 3. first (occasion, thing etc) 4. classifier for poems, songs etc (HSK 4)
sì — 1. four 2. 4 (HSK 1)
gōu — variant of 勾 (gōu) (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
把酒
bǎ jiǔ — to raise one's wine cup
Lún — abbr. for 論語 (Lún yǔ), The Analects (of Confucius)
天下
tiān xià — 1. land under heaven 2. the whole world 3. the whole of China 4. realm 5. rule (HSK 6)
先生
xiān sheng — 1. teacher 2. gentleman; sir; mister (Mr.) 3. husband 4. (dialect) doctor 5. classifier: 位 (wèi) (HSK 1)
xiǎo — 1. small 2. tiny 3. few 4. young (HSK 1)
jiǔ — 1. wine (esp. rice wine) 2. liquor 3. spirits 4. alcoholic beverage 5. classifier: 杯 (bēi), 瓶 (píng), 罐 (guàn), 桶 (tǒng), 缸 (gāng) (HSK 2)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
huán — 1. circle 2. encircle
yóu — 1. as if 2. (just) like 3. just as 4. still 5. yet
酩酊
mǐng dǐng — blind drunk
Wēi — 1. surname Wei 2. ancient Chinese state near present-day Chongqing 3. Taiwan pr. (Wéi)
zuì — intoxicated (HSK 5)
gě — 1. 100 ml 2. one-tenth of a peck 3. measure for dry grain equal to one-tenth of sheng 升 or liter, or one-hundredth dou 斗 (HSK 3)
沉淪
chén lún — 1. to sink into (vice, depravity etc) 2. to pass into oblivion 3. downfall; passing
中間
zhōng jiān — 1. the middle; the inside 2. in the middle; within; between; among 3. during; in the meantime (HSK 1)
忘掉
wàng diào — to forget (HSK 7-9)
兩句
liǎng jù — (say) a few words
末了
mò liǎo — 1. (coll.) final part; last bit 2. (coll.) in the end; finally
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. old 2. opposite: new 新 3. former 4. worn (with age) (HSK 3)
péng — friend
Yún — 1. surname Yun 2. short name for Yunnan 雲南 (Yún nán) (HSK 2)
散盡
sàn jìn — to be totally dispersed (crowd)
Yú — surname Yu (HSK 7-9)
yì — also (HSK 7-9)
děng — 1. to wait for; to await 2. by the time; when; till 3. and so on; etc.; et al. 4. (bound form) class; rank; grade 5. (bound form) equal to; same as 6. (used to end an enumeration) 7. (literary) (plural suffix attached to a personal pronoun or noun) (HSK 1)
qīng — 1. light 2. easy 3. gentle 4. soft 5. reckless 6. unimportant 7. frivolous 8. small in number 9. unstressed 10. neutral 11. to disparage (HSK 2)
chén — 1. dust 2. dirt 3. earth

夜间独坐在会馆里,十分悲凉,又疑心这消息并不确,但无端又觉得这是极其可靠的,虽然并无证据。一点法子都没有,只做了四首诗,后来曾在一种日报上发表,现在是将要忘记完了。只记得一首里的六句,起首四句是:“把酒论天下,先生小酒人,大圜犹酩酊,微醉合沉沦。”中间忘掉两句,末了是“旧朋云散尽,余亦等轻尘。”

Later, when I went back to my hometown, I learned some of the more detailed circumstances.At first Ainong had nothing at all to do, because everyone disliked him.He was in great difficulty, yet still drank — friends stood him the drinks.He had come to associate with people very little; the ones he still saw regularly were only a few younger men he had come to know later, but even they seemed unwilling to listen much to his grumbling, thinking it less amusing than telling jokes.

後來
hòu lái — 1. afterwards; later 2. newly arrived (HSK 2)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
故鄉
gù xiāng — 1. home 2. homeland 3. native place 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
cái — 1. ability; talent 2. sb of a certain type 3. a capable individual 4. then and only then 5. just now 6. (before an expression of quantity) only 7. (emphatic, esp. in contrast or correction) really; actually (HSK 2)
知道
zhī dào — 1. to know; to become aware of 2. also pr. (zhī dao) (HSK 1)
一些
yī xiē — some; a few; a little; (following an adjective) slightly ...er (HSK 1)
較為
jiào wéi — 1. comparatively 2. relatively 3. fairly
詳細
xiáng xì — 1. detailed 2. in detail 3. minute (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shì — 1. matter 2. thing 3. item 4. work 5. affair 6. classifier: 件 (jiàn), 樁 (zhuāng), 回 (huí) (HSK 1)
ài — 1. to love; to be fond of; to like 2. affection 3. to be inclined (to do sth); to tend to (happen) (HSK 1)
Nóng — surname Nong
xiān — 1. beforehand; first; earlier 2. at first; originally 3. for the time being; for now 4. (prefix) my late (in referring to deceased relatives older than oneself) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
shén — what
me — variant of 麼 (me)
shì — 1. matter 2. thing 3. item 4. work 5. affair 6. classifier: 件 (jiàn), 樁 (zhuāng), 回 (huí) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
méi — (negative prefix for verbs) have not; not (HSK 1)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
因為
yīn wèi — because; owing to; on account of (HSK 2)
大家
dà jiā — 1. everyone 2. influential family 3. great expert (HSK 2)
討厭
tǎo yàn — 1. to dislike 2. to loathe 3. disagreeable 4. troublesome 5. annoying (HSK 5)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
困難
kùn nan — 1. difficult 2. challenging 3. straitened circumstances 4. difficult situation (HSK 3)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
喝酒
hē jiǔ — to drink (alcohol)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
朋友
péng you — 1. friend 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi) (HSK 1)
qǐng — 1. to ask 2. to invite 3. please (do sth) 4. to treat (to a meal etc) 5. to request (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
已經
yǐ jīng — already (HSK 2)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
shǎo — 1. few 2. less 3. to lack 4. to be missing 5. to stop (doing sth) 6. seldom (HSK 1)
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
人們
rén men — people (HSK 2)
來往
lái wǎng — 1. to come and go 2. to have dealings with 3. to be in relation with (HSK 6)
常見
cháng jiàn — 1. commonly seen 2. common 3. to see sth frequently (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
剩下
shèng xià — to remain; to be left over (HSK 5)
幾個
jǐ ge — 1. a few 2. several 3. how many
後來
hòu lái — 1. afterwards; later 2. newly arrived (HSK 2)
認識
rèn shi — 1. to know 2. to recognize 3. to be familiar with 4. to get acquainted with sb 5. knowledge 6. understanding 7. awareness 8. cognition (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
較為
jiào wéi — 1. comparatively 2. relatively 3. fairly
年青
nián qīng — youthful
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
然而
rán ér — however; but; yet (HSK 4)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
似乎
sì hū — it seems; seemingly; as if (HSK 4)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
不願
bù yuàn — unwilling
yì — 1. (bound form) idea; thought; meaning; sense 2. (bound form) intention; feeling; inclination; state of mind 3. (bound form) Italy (abbr. for 意大利 (Yì dà lì))
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
牢騷
láo sāo — 1. discontent 2. complaint 3. to complain
以為
yǐ wéi — to think; to believe (often with the implication that the belief is mistaken – unless referring to one's own current belief) (HSK 2)
不如
bù rú — 1. not equal to; not as good as; inferior to 2. it would be better to (HSK 2)
jiǎng — 1. to speak 2. to explain 3. to negotiate 4. to emphasize 5. to be particular about 6. as far as sth is concerned 7. speech 8. lecture (HSK 2)
笑話
xiào hua — 1. joke; jest 2. to laugh at; to mock 3. ridiculous; absurd (HSK 2)
有趣
yǒu qù — interesting; fascinating; amusing (HSK 4)

后来我回故乡去,才知道一些较为详细的事。爱农先是什么事也没得做,因为大家讨厌他。他很困难,但还喝酒,是朋友请他的。他已经很少和人们来往,常见的只剩下几个后来认识的较为年青的人了,然而他们似乎也不愿意多听他的牢骚,以为不如讲笑话有趣。

。”"Maybe tomorrow I'll get a telegram, and when I open it, it'll be Lu Xun sending for me." He often said this.

也許
yě xǔ — perhaps; maybe (HSK 2)
明天
míng tiān — tomorrow (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
收到
shōu dào — to receive (HSK 2)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
電報
diàn bào — 1. telegram 2. cable 3. telegraph 4. classifier: 封 (fēng), 份 (fèn) (HSK 7-9)
拆開
chāi kāi — 1. to dismantle 2. to disassemble 3. to open up (sth sealed) 4. to unpick
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
魯迅
Lǔ Xùn — Lu Xun (1881-1936), one of the earliest and best-known modern Chinese writers
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
時常
shí cháng — often; frequently (HSK 5)
這樣
zhè yàng — 1. this way; like this; so 2. (before a noun) this kind of; such (HSK 2)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

“也许明天就收到一个电报,拆开来一看,是鲁迅来叫我的。”他时常这样说。

One day a few new friends invited him to take a boat to see a play; by the time they returned it was already past midnight, and a great storm was blowing besides; he was drunk, yet insisted on going to the boat's side to relieve himself.Everyone tried to stop him, but he wouldn't listen, saying himself that he wouldn't fall in.But he did fall in, and although he could swim, he never came up again.

yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
幾個
jǐ ge — 1. a few 2. several 3. how many
Xīn — 1. abbr. for Xinjiang 新疆 (Xīn jiāng) 2. abbr. for Singapore 新加坡 (Xīn jiā pō) 3. surname Xin (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
朋友
péng you — 1. friend 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi) (HSK 1)
yāo — to weigh in a balance or on a scale (HSK 3)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Zuò — surname Zuo (HSK 1)
chuán — 1. boat 2. vessel 3. ship 4. classifier: 條 (tiáo), 艘 (sōu), 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
看戲
kàn xì — 1. to watch a play 2. to watch passively (i.e. from the sidelines, from the crowd)
回來
huí lai — to return; to come back (HSK 1)
yǐ — 1. already 2. to stop 3. then 4. afterwards (HSK 3)
過夜
guò yè — 1. to spend the night 2. overnight
bàn — 1. half 2. semi- 3. incomplete 4. (after a number) and a half (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
大風
dà fēng — 1. gale 2. classifier: 場 (cháng)
yǔ — 1. rain 2. classifier: 陣 (zhèn), 場 (cháng) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
zuì — intoxicated (HSK 5)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
偏要
piān yào — 1. to insist on doing sth 2. must do it, despite everything
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
船舷
chuán xián — 1. the sides of a ship 2. (fig.) the dividing line between shipboard expenses and onshore freight charges
上去
shàng qù — to go up (HSK 3)
小解
xiǎo jiě — 1. to urinate 2. to empty one's bladder
大家
dà jiā — 1. everyone 2. influential family 3. great expert (HSK 2)
勸阻
quàn zǔ — 1. to advise against 2. to dissuade (HSK 7-9)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
自己
zì jǐ — oneself; (attributive) one's own (HSK 2)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
不會
bù huì — 1. improbable 2. unlikely 3. will not (act, happen etc) 4. not able 5. not having learned to do sth 6. (coll.) (Tw) don't mention it 7. not at all
掉下
diào xià — 1. to drop down 2. to fall
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
掉下
diào xià — 1. to drop down 2. to fall
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
雖然
suī rán — although; even though (often used correlatively with 可是 (kě shì) or 但是 (dàn shì) etc) (HSK 2)
Néng — surname Neng (HSK 1)
fú — 1. to float 2. superficial 3. floating 4. unstable 5. movable 6. provisional 7. temporary 8. transient 9. impetuous 10. hollow 11. inflated 12. to exceed 13. superfluous 14. excessive 15. surplus (HSK 6)
Shuǐ — 1. surname Shui 2. Shui ethnic group (HSK 1)
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
從此
cóng cǐ — 1. from now on 2. since then 3. henceforth (HSK 4)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)

一天,几个新的朋友约他坐船去看戏,回来已过夜半,又是大风雨,他醉著,却偏要到船舷上去小解。大家劝阻他,也不听,自己说是不会掉下去的。但他掉下去了,虽然能浮水,却从此不起来。

The next day, when they dragged for the body, it was found in a water-caltrop pond, standing upright.

第二天
dì èr tiān — 1. next day 2. the morrow
打撈
dǎ lāo — 1. to salvage 2. to dredge 3. to fish out (person or object from the sea) (HSK 7-9)
屍體
shī tǐ — corpse; dead body (HSK 7-9)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
líng — (bound form) water caltrop (Trapa species)
dàng — 1. to wash 2. to squander 3. to sweep away 4. to move 5. to shake 6. dissolute 7. pond
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
找到
zhǎo dào — to find (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
直立
zhí lì — 1. erect 2. upright 3. vertical
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)

第二天打捞尸体,是在菱荡里找到的,直立著。

To this day I don't know whether he actually lost his footing or killed himself.

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
至今
zhì jīn — 1. so far 2. to this day 3. until now (HSK 3)
不明
bù míng — 1. not clear 2. unknown 3. to fail to understand
Bái — 1. surname Bai 2. Bai ethnic group (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
究竟
jiū jìng — 1. to go to the bottom of a matter 2. after all 3. when all is said and done 4. (in an interrogative sentence) finally 5. outcome 6. result (HSK 4)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
失足
shī zú — 1. to lose one's footing 2. to slip 3. to take a wrong step in life
還是
hái shi — 1. still (as before) 2. had better 3. unexpectedly 4. or (HSK 1)
自殺
zì shā — 1. to kill oneself 2. to commit suicide 3. to attempt suicide (HSK 5)

我至今不明白他究竟是失足还是自杀。

He died leaving nothing behind at all, only a young daughter and his wife.,——,——Some people wanted to raise a little money as a fund for his daughter's future schooling, but as soon as it was proposed, relatives came forward to contest who should hold the money — though in fact there was no money yet at all — and everyone found it so tiresome that the idea quietly fell apart.

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
死後
sǐ hòu — 1. after death 2. posthumous
一無所有
yī wú suǒ yǒu — 1. not having anything at all (idiom); utterly lacking 2. without two sticks to rub together (HSK 7-9)
yí — (bound form) to leave behind
下一個
xià yī ge — the next one
幼女
yòu nǚ — young girl
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
夫人
fū ren — 1. lady 2. madam 3. Mrs. 4. classifier: 位 (wèi) (HSK 4)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
幾個
jǐ ge — 1. a few 2. several 3. how many
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
jí — 1. to gather 2. to collect 3. collected works 4. classifier for sections of a TV series etc: episode (HSK 6)
一點
yī diǎn — 1. a bit; a little bit 2. (used in negative expressions) (not) the least bit 3. (after an adjective, used to form the comparative) a bit more, -er 4. a point (in a discussion etc) 5. (calligraphy) dot stroke (、) 6. one o'clock (abbr. for 一點鍾 (yī diǎn zhōng))
Qián — surname Qian (HSK 1)
zuō — 1. (bound form) worker 2. (bound form) workshop 3. (slang) troublesome; high-maintenance (person) (HSK 6)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
女孩
nǚ hái — girl; lass
將來
jiāng lái — 1. in the future 2. future 3. the future 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
學費
xué fèi — 1. tuition fee 2. tuition 3. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
基金
jī jīn — fund (HSK 5)
因為
yīn wèi — because; owing to; on account of (HSK 2)
一經
yī jīng — 1. as soon as 2. once (an action has been completed) (HSK 7-9)
提議
tí yì — to propose; to suggest; proposal; suggestion (HSK 7-9)
jí — 1. namely 2. that is 3. i.e. 4. prompt 5. at once 6. at present 7. even if 8. prompted (by the occasion) 9. to approach 10. to come into contact 11. to assume (office) 12. to draw near (HSK 7-9)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
族人
zú rén — 1. clansman 2. clan members 3. relatives 4. ethnic minority
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
zhēng — 1. to strive for 2. to vie for 3. to argue or debate 4. deficient or lacking (dialect) 5. how or what (literary) (HSK 3)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
bǐ — 1. writing brush; writing implement (pen, pencil etc) (classifier: 支 (zhī), 枝 (zhī)) 2. brushstroke; stroke (in painting or calligraphy) 3. (bound form) style of writing; literary manner; technique of brushwork 4. (classifier) stroke of a Chinese character 5. (classifier) sum of money; financial transaction; piece of business 6. (literary) to write (with a brush or pen) (HSK 2)
kuǎn — 1. section 2. paragraph 3. funds 4. classifier: 筆 (bǐ), 個 (gè) 5. classifier for versions or models (of a product)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
保管
bǎo guǎn — 1. to hold in safekeeping; to have in one's care 2. to guarantee 3. certainly; surely 4. custodian; curator (HSK 7-9)
Quán — surname Quan (HSK 6)
其實
qí shí — actually; in fact; really (HSK 3)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
bǐ — 1. writing brush; writing implement (pen, pencil etc) (classifier: 支 (zhī), 枝 (zhī)) 2. brushstroke; stroke (in painting or calligraphy) 3. (bound form) style of writing; literary manner; technique of brushwork 4. (classifier) stroke of a Chinese character 5. (classifier) sum of money; financial transaction; piece of business 6. (literary) to write (with a brush or pen) (HSK 2)
kuǎn — 1. section 2. paragraph 3. funds 4. classifier: 筆 (bǐ), 個 (gè) 5. classifier for versions or models (of a product)
大家
dà jiā — 1. everyone 2. influential family 3. great expert (HSK 2)
覺得
jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)
無聊
wú liáo — 1. bored 2. boring 3. senseless (HSK 4)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
無形
wú xíng — 1. incorporeal 2. virtual 3. formless 4. invisible (assets) 5. intangible (HSK 7-9)
消散
xiāo sàn — to dissipate
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

他死后一无所有,遗下一个幼女和他的夫人。有几个人想集一点钱作他女孩将来的学费的基金,因为一经提议,即有族人来争这笔款的保管权,——其实还没有这笔款,——大家觉得无聊,便无形消散了。

I don't know now how his only daughter is getting on.If she is still at school, she must have graduated from middle school by now.

現在
xiàn zài — now; at present; currently (HSK 1)
不知
bù zhī — 1. not to know 2. unaware 3. unknowingly 4. fig. not to admit (defeat, hardships, tiredness etc) (HSK 7-9)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
唯一
wéi yī — only; sole (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
女兒
nǚ ér — daughter (HSK 1)
景況
jǐng kuàng — circumstances
如何
rú hé — 1. how 2. what way 3. what (HSK 3)
cháng — used in 倘佯 (cháng yáng)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
上學
shàng xué — 1. to go to school 2. to attend school (HSK 1)
中學
zhōng xué — middle school (HSK 1)
yǐ — 1. already 2. to stop 3. then 4. afterwards (HSK 3)
gāi — 1. should 2. ought to 3. probably 4. must be 5. to deserve 6. to owe 7. to be sb's turn to do sth 8. that 9. the above-mentioned (HSK 2)
畢業
bì yè — 1. graduation 2. to graduate 3. to finish school (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
bà — 1. to stop 2. to cease 3. to dismiss 4. to suspend 5. to quit 6. to finish

现在不知他唯一的女儿景况如何?倘在上学,中学已该毕业了罢。

November 18th.

十一月
Shí yī yuè — 1. November 2. eleventh month (of the lunar year)
十八
shí bā — 1. eighteen 2. 18
rì — 1. (bound form) sun 2. day 3. day of the month 4. (bound form) Japan (abbr. for 日本 (Rì běn)) 5. (vulgar) to fuck; to have sex with (HSK 1)

Loading the interactive reader…

What it’s about

A friendship told as a series of misjudgements. It opens in a Tokyo inn over the morning papers and a telegram from home: the governor of Anhui has been assassinated and the assassin taken. It is 徐錫麟, and news of 秋瑾's execution in Shaoxing follows soon after. At the memorial meeting the room splits over whether to wire Beijing denouncing the Manchu government, and a tall man with long hair and far too much white in his eyes says flatly that the killed are killed and the dead are dead, so what is the use of a telegram. Lu Xun decides the man is barely human, argues him down, and then learns who he is: 范愛農, 徐錫麟's own student.

Years later they meet again in Shaoxing, both out of work, and drink together, and Fan explains that he had disliked him well before they ever spoke. The 1911 revolution briefly makes them colleagues — Lu Xun running the normal school, Fan as its supervisor, off the drink and working hard for the only time in the essay — and just as briefly hopeful, until the new military governor turns out to be the old order in a new fur gown and the students' paper that attacks him is bought off. Lu Xun leaves for Nanjing and then Beijing; Fan loses his post, drifts between whoever will still put him up, and is found drowned in a water-chestnut pond, upright in the water. The essay refuses to say whether he slipped or jumped, and its last thought is for the daughter he left, who should be finishing middle school by now.

When it was written 背景

Written 18 November 1926, the last of the ten essays, and the only one whose subject is a grown friend rather than the writer's own childhood; it ran in 莽原 in January 1927. Historically it is the most demanding piece here — the executions of 1907, the 1911 revolution as it played out in Shaoxing, the local military government and its newspapers all go past without explanation — so a learner should read the notes alongside the text. What repays the work is the portrait: this is where 朝花夕拾 stops being a memoir of childhood and becomes an account of a generation let down twice, once by the empire and once by the revolution.

Words in this chapter 生词